Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 31903:3e0a1f91c149
(freeze_window_starts): Construct last argument for
foreach_window differently.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 26 Sep 2000 12:36:55 +0000 |
parents | c0199a9a07fa |
children | 5357a26e85d1 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
25876 | 4 |
25998 | 5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | |
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | |
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | |
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | |
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | |
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | |
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | |
52 ;;;*** | |
53 | |
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
30565 | 55 ;;;;;; (14716 9490)) |
25876 | 56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | |
25998 | 58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 extensions. | |
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 64 |
25876 | 65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | |
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | |
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | |
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
75 | |
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | |
25998 | 79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 80 |
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | |
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | |
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | |
93 If you use imenu.el: | |
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | |
96 If you use find-file.el: | |
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 102 |
103 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
30565 | 106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil) |
25998 | 107 |
108 ;;;*** | |
109 | |
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
30565 | 111 ;;;;;; (14716 9444)) |
25998 | 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
113 | |
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 116 |
117 ;;;*** | |
118 | |
31388 | 119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14746 24124)) | |
25876 | 123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | |
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 128 |
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | |
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | |
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | |
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | |
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | |
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil) | |
150 | |
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
154 name and site. | |
155 | |
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
161 | |
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
164 | |
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
168 name and site. | |
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
171 | |
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
174 | |
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
181 | |
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
184 | |
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
187 | |
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
190 | |
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
193 | |
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
28523 | 195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
25876 | 196 |
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
28523 | 199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
27321 | 200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
201 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 202 |
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
204 | |
27321 | 205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
208 the appropriate motion commands). | |
209 | |
31388 | 210 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
211 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil) | |
212 | |
213 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | |
214 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil) | |
27321 | 215 |
25876 | 216 ;;;*** |
217 | |
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
30565 | 219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660 |
220 ;;;;;; 49405)) | |
25876 | 221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
222 | |
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
232 interpreted as `error'.") | |
233 | |
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
242 | |
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
251 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
254 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
255 | |
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
259 | |
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
262 BODY... ) | |
263 | |
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
268 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
271 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
278 | |
279 Semantics of the various flags: | |
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
283 | |
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
286 | |
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
288 advised function should be compiled. | |
289 | |
26724 | 290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 291 during activation until somebody enables it. |
292 | |
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
297 | |
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
303 during preloading. | |
304 | |
26724 | 305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 306 |
307 ;;;*** | |
308 | |
30565 | 309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
310 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
31388 | 311 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14763 31071)) |
27327 | 312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
313 | |
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
320 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
321 | |
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
324 `separate' attribute set. | |
325 | |
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
329 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
330 | |
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
341 options. | |
342 | |
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
345 | |
346 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
347 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
349 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
350 | |
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
354 | |
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
360 align that section." t nil) | |
361 | |
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
368 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
369 | |
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
376 to be colored." t nil) | |
377 | |
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
380 | |
30565 | 381 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
382 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil) | |
383 | |
27327 | 384 ;;;*** |
385 | |
25876 | 386 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
30565 | 387 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14723 62215)) |
28212 | 388 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
25876 | 389 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
390 | |
391 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
392 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
393 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
394 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
395 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
396 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
397 | |
398 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
399 | |
400 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
401 | |
402 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
403 | |
404 ;;;*** | |
405 | |
26724 | 406 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" |
29505 | 407 ;;;;;; (14642 37233)) |
26724 | 408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
409 | |
410 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
411 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
412 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
413 | |
414 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
415 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
416 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
417 | |
418 ;;;*** | |
419 | |
25876 | 420 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
421 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
422 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
30565 | 423 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008)) |
25876 | 424 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
425 | |
426 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
427 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
428 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
429 as the first thing on a line.") | |
430 | |
431 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
432 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
433 | |
434 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
435 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
436 | |
437 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
438 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
439 | |
440 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
441 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
442 | |
443 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
444 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
445 | |
446 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
447 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
448 | |
449 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
450 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
451 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
452 | |
453 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
28523 | 454 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
25876 | 455 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
456 | |
457 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
458 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
459 | |
28523 | 460 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
461 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
462 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
463 put in the appointments list. | |
464 02/23/89 | |
465 12:00pm lunch | |
466 Wednesday | |
467 10:00am group meeting | |
468 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
469 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
470 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
25876 | 471 |
472 ;;;*** | |
473 | |
474 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
30565 | 475 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14671 |
476 ;;;;;; 47519)) | |
25876 | 477 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
478 | |
26724 | 479 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
480 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
481 | |
482 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
483 | |
25876 | 484 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
485 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
30565 | 486 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
25876 | 487 normal variables." t nil) |
488 | |
489 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
490 | |
491 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 492 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
493 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
25876 | 494 noninteractive functions. |
495 | |
496 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
497 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
498 | |
499 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 500 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
501 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
502 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
503 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
25876 | 504 |
505 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 506 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
507 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
25876 | 508 at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
509 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
510 | |
511 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 512 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
513 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
25876 | 514 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
515 bindings. | |
516 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
517 | |
518 ;;;*** | |
519 | |
30565 | 520 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14665 |
521 ;;;;;; 58573)) | |
25876 | 522 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
523 | |
524 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
525 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
526 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
527 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
528 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
529 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
530 | |
531 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
532 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
533 archive. | |
534 | |
535 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
536 | |
537 ;;;*** | |
538 | |
27321 | 539 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616)) |
25876 | 540 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
541 | |
542 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
543 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
544 | |
545 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
546 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
547 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
548 | |
27321 | 549 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 550 |
551 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 552 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 553 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
554 | |
555 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
556 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
557 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
558 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
559 The variables are: | |
560 | |
561 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 562 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
563 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
564 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
565 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
566 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 567 row numbers in the buffer. |
568 | |
569 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 570 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
571 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 572 |
573 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
574 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
575 | |
576 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
577 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
578 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
579 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
580 | |
581 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
582 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
583 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
584 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
585 | |
586 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
587 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
588 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
589 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
590 | |
591 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
592 between that of point and mark. | |
593 | |
594 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
595 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
596 | |
597 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
598 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
599 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
600 newlines inside rows) | |
601 | |
602 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
603 | |
604 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
605 | |
606 ;;;*** | |
607 | |
25998 | 608 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286 |
609 ;;;;;; 393)) | |
25876 | 610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
611 | |
612 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
613 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
614 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
615 | |
616 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
617 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
618 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
619 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
620 | |
621 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
622 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
623 | |
624 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
625 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
626 | |
627 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
628 | |
629 Special commands: | |
630 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
631 " t nil) | |
632 | |
633 ;;;*** | |
634 | |
31388 | 635 ;;;### (autoloads (authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" (14744 |
636 ;;;;;; 23030)) | |
637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el | |
638 | |
639 (autoload (quote authors) "authors" "\ | |
640 Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files. | |
641 ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called | |
642 interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a | |
643 buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil) | |
644 | |
645 ;;;*** | |
646 | |
25876 | 647 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" |
27949 | 648 ;;;;;; (14516 149)) |
25876 | 649 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
650 | |
651 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 652 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 653 |
654 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 655 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 656 |
657 ;;;*** | |
658 | |
29505 | 659 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
660 ;;;;;; (14651 36399)) | |
28919 | 661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
662 | |
663 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ | |
29505 | 664 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
28919 | 665 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
666 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
667 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
668 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
669 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
670 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
671 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
672 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
673 | |
674 For example: | |
675 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
676 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
677 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
678 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
679 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
680 | |
681 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
682 | |
29505 | 683 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
684 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
685 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
686 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
687 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
688 &c to supply digit arguments. | |
689 | |
690 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil) | |
691 | |
28919 | 692 ;;;*** |
693 | |
28077 | 694 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
695 ;;;;;; (14532 61420)) | |
696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el | |
697 | |
698 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
699 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
700 | |
701 ;;;*** | |
702 | |
25876 | 703 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
26724 | 704 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 705 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
706 | |
707 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
708 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
709 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) | |
710 | |
711 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
712 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
713 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
714 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
715 | |
716 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
26724 | 717 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
718 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
719 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
720 | |
721 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 722 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
723 | |
724 ;;;*** | |
725 | |
726 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
727 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
30565 | 728 ;;;;;; (14659 23014)) |
25876 | 729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
730 | |
731 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
732 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
733 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
734 | |
735 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
736 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
737 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
738 | |
739 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
740 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
741 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
742 | |
743 ;;;*** | |
744 | |
745 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 746 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
747 ;;;;;; (14495 17959)) | |
25876 | 748 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
749 | |
25998 | 750 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
751 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
752 | |
753 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
754 instead.") | |
755 | |
27949 | 756 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
757 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
758 | |
759 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
760 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
761 | |
762 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
763 | |
764 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
765 | |
25876 | 766 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
767 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
768 | |
769 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
770 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
771 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
772 | |
773 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
774 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
775 | |
776 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
777 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
778 | |
779 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
780 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
781 | |
782 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
783 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
784 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
785 | |
786 ;;;*** | |
787 | |
28162 | 788 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
31388 | 789 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14743 46413)) |
25876 | 790 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
791 | |
28162 | 792 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
31388 | 793 Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
28162 | 794 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
796 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
797 | |
798 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
799 | |
800 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
801 | |
25876 | 802 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
803 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
804 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
805 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
806 | |
31388 | 807 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
25876 | 808 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
809 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
810 | |
31388 | 811 Effects of the different modes: |
25876 | 812 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
813 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
814 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
815 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
816 a random distance & direction. | |
817 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
818 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
819 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
820 | |
821 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
822 | |
823 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
824 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
825 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
826 | |
827 ;;;*** | |
828 | |
28212 | 829 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546 |
830 ;;;;;; 45178)) | |
25876 | 831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
832 | |
833 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
834 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
835 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
836 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
837 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
838 | |
839 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
840 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
841 | |
842 ;;;*** | |
843 | |
844 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
27321 | 845 ;;;;;; (14455 30228)) |
25876 | 846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
847 | |
848 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
849 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
850 | |
851 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
852 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
853 | |
854 For example: | |
855 | |
856 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
857 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
858 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
859 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
860 | |
861 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
862 | |
863 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
864 | |
865 ;;;*** | |
866 | |
867 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
30565 | 868 ;;;;;; (14693 50816)) |
25876 | 869 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
870 | |
871 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
872 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 873 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 874 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
875 | |
876 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
877 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
878 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
879 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
880 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
881 seconds." t nil) | |
882 | |
883 ;;;*** | |
884 | |
27949 | 885 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504 |
886 ;;;;;; 9460)) | |
25876 | 887 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
888 | |
889 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
890 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
891 | |
892 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
893 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
894 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
895 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
896 message. | |
897 | |
898 | |
899 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
900 | |
901 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
902 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
903 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
904 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
905 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
906 | |
907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
908 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
909 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
910 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
911 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
912 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
913 | |
914 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
915 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
916 BibTeX mode. | |
917 | |
918 | |
919 Special information: | |
920 | |
921 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
922 | |
923 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
924 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
925 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
928 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
929 current field. | |
930 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
931 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
932 | |
933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
934 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
935 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
936 bibtex-entry-format. | |
937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
939 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
940 | |
941 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
942 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
943 | |
944 The following may be of interest as well: | |
945 | |
946 Functions: | |
947 bibtex-entry | |
948 bibtex-kill-entry | |
949 bibtex-yank-pop | |
950 bibtex-pop-previous | |
951 bibtex-pop-next | |
952 bibtex-complete-string | |
953 bibtex-complete-key | |
954 bibtex-print-help-message | |
955 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
956 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
957 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
958 bibtex-reposition-window | |
959 bibtex-mark-entry | |
960 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
961 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
962 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
963 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
964 bibtex-validate | |
965 bibtex-count | |
966 bibtex-fill-entry | |
967 bibtex-reformat | |
968 bibtex-convert-alien | |
969 | |
970 Variables: | |
971 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
972 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
973 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
974 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
975 bibtex-entry-format | |
976 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
977 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
978 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
979 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
980 bibtex-string-files | |
981 | |
982 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
983 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
984 non-nil. | |
985 | |
986 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
987 | |
988 ;;;*** | |
989 | |
990 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 991 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
993 | |
994 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
995 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
996 the default is 4. | |
997 | |
998 What is blackbox? | |
999 | |
1000 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1001 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1002 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1003 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1004 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1005 your score. | |
1006 | |
1007 Overview of play: | |
1008 | |
1009 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1010 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1011 four. | |
1012 | |
1013 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1014 movement keys. | |
1015 | |
1016 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1017 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1018 | |
1019 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1020 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1021 | |
1022 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1023 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1024 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1025 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1026 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1027 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1028 | |
1029 Details: | |
1030 | |
1031 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1032 | |
1033 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1034 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1035 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1036 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1037 | |
1038 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1039 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1040 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1041 | |
1042 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1043 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1044 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1045 | |
1046 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1047 example. | |
1048 | |
1049 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1050 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1051 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1052 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1053 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1054 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1055 ray. | |
1056 | |
1057 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1058 degree deflection it causes. | |
1059 | |
1060 1 | |
1061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1062 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1063 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1064 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1068 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1069 2 3 | |
1070 | |
1071 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1072 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1073 | |
1074 | |
1075 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1076 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1077 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1078 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1081 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1082 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1083 | |
1084 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1085 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1086 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1087 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1088 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1089 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1090 emerging from the box. | |
1091 | |
1092 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1093 | |
1094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1095 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1097 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1099 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1102 | |
1103 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1104 a reflection." t nil) | |
1105 | |
1106 ;;;*** | |
1107 | |
1108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1109 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1110 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1111 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1112 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
29505 | 1113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162)) |
25876 | 1114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1115 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1116 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1117 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1118 | |
1119 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1124 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1125 | |
1126 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1127 | |
1128 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1129 | |
1130 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1131 | |
1132 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1133 | |
1134 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1135 | |
1136 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1137 | |
1138 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1139 | |
1140 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1141 | |
1142 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1143 | |
1144 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1145 | |
1146 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1147 | |
1148 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1149 | |
1150 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1151 | |
1152 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1153 | |
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1155 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1156 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1157 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1158 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1159 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1160 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1161 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1162 recent one. | |
1163 | |
1164 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1165 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1166 yank successive words. | |
1167 | |
1168 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1169 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1170 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1171 name of the file being visited. | |
1172 | |
1173 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1174 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1175 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1176 | |
1177 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1178 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1179 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1180 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1181 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1182 this. | |
1183 | |
1184 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1185 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1186 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1187 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1188 | |
1189 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1190 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1191 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1192 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1193 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1194 | |
1195 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1196 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1197 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1198 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1199 | |
1200 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1201 | |
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1203 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1204 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1205 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1206 | |
1207 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1208 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1209 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1210 | |
1211 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1212 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1213 name." t nil) | |
1214 | |
1215 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1216 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1220 this." t nil) | |
1221 | |
1222 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1223 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1224 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1225 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1226 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1227 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1228 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1229 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1230 | |
1231 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1232 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1233 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1234 | |
1235 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1236 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1237 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1238 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1239 \(second argument). | |
1240 | |
1241 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1242 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1243 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1244 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1245 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1246 | |
1247 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1248 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1249 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1250 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1251 | |
1252 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1253 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1254 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1255 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1256 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1257 while loading. | |
1258 | |
1259 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1260 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1261 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1262 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1263 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1264 explicitly. | |
1265 | |
1266 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1267 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1268 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1269 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1270 | |
1271 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1272 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1273 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1274 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1275 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1276 | |
1277 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1278 | |
1279 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1280 | |
1281 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1282 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1283 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1284 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1285 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1286 this. | |
1287 | |
1288 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1289 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1290 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1291 | |
1292 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1293 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1294 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1295 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1296 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1297 this. | |
1298 | |
1299 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1300 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1301 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1302 | |
1303 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1304 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1305 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1306 | |
1307 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1308 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1309 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1310 | |
1311 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1312 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1313 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1314 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1315 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1316 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1317 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1318 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1319 | |
1320 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1321 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1322 name. | |
1323 | |
1324 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1325 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1326 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1327 | |
1328 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1329 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1330 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1331 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1332 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1333 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1334 | |
1335 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1336 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1337 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1338 | |
1339 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1340 | |
1341 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1342 | |
1343 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1344 | |
1345 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1346 | |
1347 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1348 | |
1349 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1350 | |
1351 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1352 | |
1353 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1354 | |
1355 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1356 | |
1357 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1358 | |
1359 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1360 | |
1361 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1362 | |
1363 ;;;*** | |
1364 | |
1365 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1366 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1367 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
1368 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse | |
1369 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1370 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1371 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p | |
28212 | 1372 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" |
31388 | 1373 ;;;;;; (14745 11462)) |
28212 | 1374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
25876 | 1375 |
1376 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1377 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1378 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1379 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1380 | |
1381 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1382 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1383 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1384 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1385 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1386 | |
1387 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1388 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1389 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1390 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1391 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1392 | |
1393 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1394 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1395 | |
1396 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1397 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1398 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1399 | |
1400 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1401 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1402 | |
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1404 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1405 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1406 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1407 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1408 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1409 | |
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1411 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1412 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1413 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1414 narrowed." t nil) | |
1415 | |
1416 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1417 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1418 | |
1419 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1420 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1421 | |
1422 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1423 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1424 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1425 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1426 | |
1427 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1428 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1429 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1430 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1431 | |
1432 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1433 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1434 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1435 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1436 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1437 to use." t nil) | |
1438 | |
1439 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1440 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1441 | |
1442 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1443 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1444 | |
1445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1446 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1447 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1448 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1449 | |
1450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1451 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1452 | |
1453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1454 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1455 | |
1456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1457 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1458 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1459 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1460 | |
1461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1462 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1465 | |
1466 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1467 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1468 | |
1469 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1470 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1471 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1472 | |
1473 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1474 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1475 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1476 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1477 | |
1478 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1479 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1480 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1481 | |
1482 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1483 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1484 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1485 | |
1486 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1487 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1488 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1489 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1490 | |
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1493 | |
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1495 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1496 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1497 | |
1498 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1499 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1500 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1501 | |
1502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1503 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1504 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1505 | |
1506 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1507 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1508 | |
1509 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1510 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1511 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1512 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1513 | |
1514 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1515 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1516 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1517 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1518 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1519 | |
1520 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1521 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1522 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1523 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1524 | |
1525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1526 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1527 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1528 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1529 | |
1530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1532 | |
1533 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1534 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1535 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1536 | |
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1538 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1539 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1540 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1541 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1542 current one. | |
1543 | |
1544 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1545 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1546 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1547 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1548 | |
1549 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1550 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1551 | |
1552 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1553 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1554 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1555 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1556 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1557 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1558 | |
1559 ;;;*** | |
1560 | |
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1562 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1564 | |
1565 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1566 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1567 | |
1568 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1569 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1570 | |
1571 ;;;*** | |
1572 | |
27016 | 1573 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
31388 | 1574 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14747 44732)) |
27016 | 1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1576 | |
1577 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1578 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1579 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1580 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1581 | |
1582 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1583 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1584 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1585 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1586 | |
1587 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1588 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1589 | |
1590 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
31388 | 1591 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
27016 | 1592 \\<bs-mode-map> |
1593 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1594 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1595 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1596 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1597 | |
1598 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1599 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1600 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1601 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1602 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1603 | |
1604 ;;;*** | |
1605 | |
25876 | 1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1607 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1608 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
31388 | 1609 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14762 12604)) |
25876 | 1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1611 | |
1612 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1613 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1614 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1615 | |
1616 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1617 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1618 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1619 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1620 | |
1621 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1622 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1623 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1624 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1625 | |
1626 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1627 | |
1628 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1629 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1630 | |
1631 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1632 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1633 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1634 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1635 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1636 | |
1637 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1638 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1639 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1640 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1641 | |
1642 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1643 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1644 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1645 | |
1646 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1647 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1648 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1649 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1650 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1651 all functions called by those functions. | |
1652 | |
1653 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1654 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1655 cons, etc.). | |
1656 | |
1657 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1658 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1659 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1660 | |
1661 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1662 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1663 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1664 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1665 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1666 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1667 | |
1668 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1669 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1670 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1671 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1672 | |
1673 ;;;*** | |
1674 | |
1675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1677 | |
1678 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1679 | |
1680 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1681 | |
1682 ;;;*** | |
1683 | |
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1685 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1687 | |
1688 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1689 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1690 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1691 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1692 | |
1693 ;;;*** | |
1694 | |
31388 | 1695 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14747 |
1696 ;;;;;; 44732)) | |
27949 | 1697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
1698 | |
1699 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
1700 Run the pocket calculator. | |
1701 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
1702 | |
1703 ;;;*** | |
1704 | |
25876 | 1705 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
1706 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1707 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1708 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1709 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1710 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1711 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1712 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1713 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1714 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1715 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1716 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1717 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 1718 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1719 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1720 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
27321 | 1721 ;;;;;; (14393 15349)) |
25876 | 1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1723 | |
1724 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1725 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1726 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1727 | |
1728 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1729 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1730 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1731 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1732 the screen.") | |
1733 | |
1734 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1735 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1736 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1737 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1738 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1739 | |
1740 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1741 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
1742 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used, | |
1743 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
1744 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1745 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1746 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1747 | |
1748 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1749 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1750 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1751 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1752 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1753 | |
1754 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1755 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1756 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1757 | |
1758 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1759 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1760 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1761 | |
26724 | 1762 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
1763 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
1764 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
1765 | |
25876 | 1766 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
1767 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1768 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1769 displayed.") | |
1770 | |
1771 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1772 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1773 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1774 | |
1775 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1776 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1777 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1778 | |
1779 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1780 | |
1781 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1782 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1783 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1784 | |
1785 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1786 calendar.") | |
1787 | |
1788 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1789 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1790 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1791 | |
1792 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1793 calendar.") | |
1794 | |
1795 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1796 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1797 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1798 | |
1799 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1800 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1801 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1802 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1803 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1804 | |
1805 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1806 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1807 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1808 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1809 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1810 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1811 a function is also provided for this: | |
1812 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1813 | |
1814 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1815 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1816 date is not visible in the window. | |
1817 | |
1818 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1819 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1820 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1821 | |
1822 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1823 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1824 | |
1825 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1826 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1827 date is visible in the window. | |
1828 | |
1829 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1830 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1831 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1832 | |
25998 | 1833 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1834 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1835 | |
26724 | 1836 For example, |
25998 | 1837 |
1838 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1839 | |
1840 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1841 | |
25876 | 1842 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1843 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1844 | |
1845 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1846 | |
1847 MONTH/DAY | |
1848 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1849 MONTHNAME DAY | |
1850 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1851 DAYNAME | |
1852 | |
1853 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1854 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1855 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1856 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1857 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1858 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1859 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1860 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1861 respectively. | |
1862 | |
1863 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1864 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1865 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1866 | |
1867 DAY/MONTH | |
1868 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1869 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1870 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1871 DAYNAME | |
1872 | |
1873 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1874 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1875 | |
1876 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1877 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1878 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1879 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1880 | |
1881 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1882 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1883 | |
1884 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1885 entries (in the default American style): | |
1886 | |
1887 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1888 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1889 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1890 21: Payday | |
1891 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1892 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1893 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1894 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1895 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1896 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1897 &* 15 time cards due. | |
1898 | |
1899 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1900 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1901 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1902 single diary entry | |
1903 | |
1904 02/11/1989 | |
1905 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1906 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1907 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1908 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1909 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1910 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1911 | |
1912 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1913 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1914 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1915 | |
1916 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1917 | |
1918 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1919 | |
1920 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1921 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1922 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1923 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1924 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1925 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1926 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1927 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1928 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1929 | |
1930 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1931 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1932 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1933 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1934 for these functions for details. | |
1935 | |
1936 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1937 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1938 | |
1939 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1940 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1941 | |
1942 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1943 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1944 | |
1945 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1946 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1947 | |
1948 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1949 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1950 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1951 | |
1952 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
1953 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file. | |
1954 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
1955 | |
1956 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1957 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1958 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1959 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1960 | |
1961 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1962 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1963 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1964 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
1965 | |
1966 DAY/MONTH | |
1967 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1968 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1969 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1970 DAYNAME | |
1971 | |
1972 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
1973 characters with or without a period.") | |
1974 | |
1975 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
1976 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
1977 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1978 | |
25998 | 1979 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 1980 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
1981 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1982 | |
1983 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
1984 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
1985 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
1986 | |
1987 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
1988 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
1989 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
1990 | |
1991 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
1992 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
1993 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
1994 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
1995 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
1996 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
1997 | |
1998 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1999 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2000 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2001 | |
2002 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2003 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2004 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2005 of the form | |
2006 | |
2007 #include \"filename\" | |
2008 | |
2009 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2010 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2011 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2012 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2013 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2014 | |
2015 For example, you could use | |
2016 | |
2017 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2018 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2019 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2020 | |
2021 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2022 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2023 lexicographic order.") | |
2024 | |
2025 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2026 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2027 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2028 | |
2029 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2030 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2031 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2032 diary display. | |
2033 | |
2034 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2035 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2036 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2037 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2038 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2039 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2040 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2041 | |
2042 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2043 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2044 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2045 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2046 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2047 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2048 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2049 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2050 | |
2051 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2052 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2053 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2054 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2055 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2056 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2057 | |
2058 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2059 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2060 | |
2061 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
2062 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2063 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2064 of the form | |
2065 #include \"filename\" | |
2066 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2067 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2068 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2069 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2070 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2071 | |
2072 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2073 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2074 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2075 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2076 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2077 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2078 | |
2079 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2080 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2081 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2082 are holidays.") | |
2083 | |
2084 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2085 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2086 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2087 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2088 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2089 | |
2090 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2091 | |
2092 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2093 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2095 | |
2096 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2097 | |
2098 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2099 *Oriental holidays. | |
2100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2101 | |
2102 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2103 | |
2104 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2105 *Local holidays. | |
2106 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2107 | |
2108 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2109 | |
2110 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2111 *User defined holidays. | |
2112 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2113 | |
2114 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2115 | |
2116 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2117 | |
2118 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2119 | |
2120 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2121 | |
2122 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2123 | |
2124 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2125 | |
2126 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2127 | |
2128 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2129 | |
2130 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2131 | |
2132 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2133 *Jewish holidays. | |
2134 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2135 | |
2136 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2137 | |
2138 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2139 *Christian holidays. | |
2140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2141 | |
2142 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2143 | |
2144 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2145 *Islamic holidays. | |
2146 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2147 | |
2148 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2149 | |
2150 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2151 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2152 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2153 | |
2154 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2155 | |
2156 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2157 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2158 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2159 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2160 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2161 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2162 | |
2163 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2164 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2165 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2166 | |
2167 ;;;*** | |
2168 | |
30565 | 2169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 6817)) |
25876 | 2170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2171 | |
2172 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2173 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2174 | |
2175 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2176 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2177 | |
2178 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2179 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2180 | |
2181 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2182 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2183 | |
2184 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2185 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2186 | |
2187 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2188 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2189 | |
2190 ;;;*** | |
2191 | |
2192 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2193 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
30565 | 2194 ;;;;;; (14716 6857)) |
25876 | 2195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2196 | |
2197 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2198 | |
2199 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2200 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2202 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2203 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2204 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2205 | |
2206 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2207 | |
2208 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2209 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2210 run first. | |
2211 | |
2212 Key bindings: | |
2213 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2214 | |
2215 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2216 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2218 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2219 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2221 message. | |
2222 | |
2223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2224 | |
2225 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2226 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2227 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2228 | |
2229 Key bindings: | |
2230 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2231 | |
2232 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2233 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2234 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2235 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2236 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2237 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2238 message. | |
2239 | |
2240 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2241 | |
2242 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2243 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2244 is run first. | |
2245 | |
2246 Key bindings: | |
2247 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2248 | |
2249 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2250 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2251 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2252 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2253 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2254 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2255 message. | |
2256 | |
2257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2258 | |
2259 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2260 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2261 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2262 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2263 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2264 | |
2265 Key bindings: | |
2266 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2267 | |
2268 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2269 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2270 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2271 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2272 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2273 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2274 message. | |
2275 | |
2276 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2277 | |
2278 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2279 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2280 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2281 | |
2282 Key bindings: | |
2283 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2284 | |
2285 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2286 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2287 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2288 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2289 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2290 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2291 message. | |
2292 | |
2293 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2294 | |
2295 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2296 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2297 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2298 | |
2299 Key bindings: | |
2300 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2301 | |
2302 ;;;*** | |
2303 | |
2304 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
30565 | 2305 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 6903)) |
25876 | 2306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2307 | |
2308 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2309 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2310 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2311 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2312 for details of setting up styles. | |
2313 | |
2314 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2315 style name. |
2316 | |
2317 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2318 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2319 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2320 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2321 will be reassigned. | |
2322 | |
2323 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2324 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2325 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2326 |
2327 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2328 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2329 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2330 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2331 | |
2332 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2333 | |
2334 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2335 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2336 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2337 | |
2338 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2339 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2340 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2341 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2342 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2343 | |
2344 ;;;*** | |
2345 | |
30565 | 2346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 6917)) |
25876 | 2347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2348 | |
2349 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2350 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2351 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2352 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2353 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2354 | |
26899 | 2355 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2356 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2357 |
2358 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2359 `infodock'.") | |
2360 | |
2361 ;;;*** | |
2362 | |
2363 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2364 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
31388 | 2365 ;;;;;; (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 2366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2367 | |
2368 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2369 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2370 | |
2371 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2372 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2373 | |
2374 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2375 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2376 | |
2377 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2378 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2379 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2380 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2381 execution. | |
2382 | |
2383 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2384 | |
2385 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2386 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
31388 | 2387 |
2388 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form: | |
2389 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION | |
2390 CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2391 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
2392 | |
2393 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
2394 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
2395 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
2396 `write' commands. | |
2397 | |
2398 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2399 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
2400 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
2401 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
2402 | |
2403 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
2404 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
2405 semantics. | |
2406 | |
2407 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2408 | |
2409 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2410 | |
2411 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2412 | |
2413 STATEMENT := | |
2414 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
2415 | TRANSLATE | END | |
2416 | |
2417 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
2418 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
2419 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
2420 | integer | |
2421 | |
2422 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
2423 | |
2424 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute | |
2425 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. | |
2426 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2427 | |
2428 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
2429 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
2430 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2431 | |
2432 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
2433 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2434 | |
2435 ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
2436 BREAK := (break) | |
2437 | |
2438 REPEAT := | |
2439 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
2440 (repeat) | |
2441 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
2442 ;; (repeat)) | |
2443 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
2444 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
2445 ;; (read REG) | |
2446 ;; (repeat)) | |
2447 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
2448 ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
2449 ;; (read REG) | |
2450 ;; (repeat)) | |
2451 | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
2452 | |
2453 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
2454 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
2455 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2456 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2457 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
2458 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2459 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2460 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
2461 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2462 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
2463 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
2464 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
2465 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
2466 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code | |
2467 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. | |
2468 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2469 | |
2470 WRITE := | |
2471 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
2472 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2473 ;; representation. | |
2474 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2475 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
2476 ;; (write r7)) | |
2477 | (write EXPRESSION) | |
2478 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
2479 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2480 ;; representation. | |
2481 | (write integer) | |
2482 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
2483 ;; buffer. | |
2484 | (write string) | |
2485 ;; Same as: (write string) | |
2486 | string | |
2487 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
2488 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
2489 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2490 ;; representation. | |
2491 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
2492 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
2493 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
2494 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
2495 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 | |
2496 ;; is the second code point of the character. | |
2497 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2498 | |
2499 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
2500 CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
2501 | |
2502 ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
2503 END := (end) | |
2504 | |
2505 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
2506 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
2507 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
2508 | |
2509 ARG := REG | integer | |
2510 | |
2511 OPERATOR := | |
2512 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
2513 + | - | * | / | % | |
2514 | |
2515 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2516 | & | `|' | ^ | |
2517 | |
2518 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2519 | << | >> | |
2520 | |
2521 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
2522 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
2523 | <8 | |
2524 | |
2525 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
2526 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
2527 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
2528 | >8 | |
2529 | |
2530 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
2531 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
2532 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
2533 | // | |
2534 | |
2535 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2536 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
2537 | |
2538 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
2539 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
2540 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2541 ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
2542 ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
2543 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
2544 ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
2545 | de-sjis | |
2546 | |
2547 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
2548 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
2549 ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
2550 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2551 ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
2552 ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
2553 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
2554 ;; byte of SJIS. | |
2555 | en-sjis | |
2556 | |
2557 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
2558 ;; Same meaning as C code | |
2559 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
2560 | |
2561 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2562 ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
2563 ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
2564 | <8= | |
2565 | |
2566 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2567 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
2568 ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
2569 | |
2570 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
2571 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
2572 ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
2573 | //= | |
2574 | |
2575 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
2576 | |
2577 | |
2578 TRANSLATE := | |
2579 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2580 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2581 MAP := | |
2582 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
2583 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
2584 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
2585 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
2586 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
2587 MAP-ID := integer | |
2588 " nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 2589 |
2590 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2591 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2592 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2593 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2594 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2595 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2596 | |
2597 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2598 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
31388 | 2599 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
2600 | |
2601 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil) | |
25876 | 2602 |
2603 ;;;*** | |
2604 | |
2605 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2606 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2607 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2608 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2609 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2610 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2611 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2612 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
27545 | 2613 ;;;;;; (14482 54417)) |
25876 | 2614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2615 | |
2616 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2617 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2618 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2619 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2620 | |
2621 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2622 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2623 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2624 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2625 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2626 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2627 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2628 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2629 | |
2630 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2631 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2632 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2633 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2634 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2635 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2636 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2637 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2638 | |
2639 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2640 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2641 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2642 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2643 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2644 | |
2645 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2646 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2647 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2648 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2649 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2650 | |
2651 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2652 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2653 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2654 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2655 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2656 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2657 | |
2658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2659 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2661 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2662 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2663 | |
2664 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2665 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2666 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2667 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2668 if there is one. | |
2669 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2670 | |
2671 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2672 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2673 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2674 | |
2675 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2676 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2677 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2678 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2679 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2680 | |
2681 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2682 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2683 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2684 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2685 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2686 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2687 | |
2688 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2689 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2690 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2691 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2692 | |
2693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2695 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2697 | |
2698 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2699 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2700 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2701 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2702 | |
2703 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2704 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2705 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2706 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2707 | |
2708 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2709 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2710 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2711 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2712 | |
2713 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2714 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2715 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2716 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2717 | |
2718 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2719 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2720 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2721 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2722 | |
2723 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2724 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2725 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2726 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2727 | |
2728 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2729 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2730 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2732 | |
2733 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2734 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2735 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2736 | |
2737 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2738 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2739 checking of documentation strings. | |
2740 | |
2741 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2742 | |
2743 ;;;*** | |
2744 | |
2745 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
28919 | 2746 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623 |
2747 ;;;;;; 45987)) | |
25876 | 2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2749 | |
2750 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2751 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2752 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2753 | |
2754 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2755 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2756 | |
2757 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2758 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2759 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2760 | |
2761 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2762 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2763 | |
2764 ;;;*** | |
2765 | |
27321 | 2766 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
2767 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307)) | |
25876 | 2768 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2769 | |
2770 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2771 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2772 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2773 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2774 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2775 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2776 | |
2777 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2778 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2780 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2781 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2782 | |
2783 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2784 | |
27321 | 2785 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
2786 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2787 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
2788 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2789 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2790 | |
2791 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2792 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2793 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 2794 |
2795 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
2796 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 2797 |
2798 ;;;*** | |
2799 | |
31388 | 2800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 4425)) |
25876 | 2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2802 | |
2803 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2804 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2805 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2806 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2807 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2808 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2809 | |
2810 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2811 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2812 | |
2813 ;;;*** | |
2814 | |
2815 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
31388 | 2816 ;;;;;; (14735 57398)) |
25876 | 2817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2818 | |
2819 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2820 | |
2821 ;;;*** | |
2822 | |
2823 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
26724 | 2824 ;;;;;; (14368 26241)) |
25876 | 2825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2826 | |
2827 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2828 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2829 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2830 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2831 | |
2832 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2833 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2834 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2835 | |
2836 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2837 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2838 | |
2839 ;;;*** | |
2840 | |
28077 | 2841 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535 |
2842 ;;;;;; 44845)) | |
25876 | 2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2844 | |
2845 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2846 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2847 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2848 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
2849 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
2850 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
2851 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2852 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2853 | |
2854 ;;;*** | |
2855 | |
2856 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2857 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
30565 | 2858 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 1500)) |
25876 | 2859 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2860 | |
2861 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2862 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2863 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2864 ASCII table. | |
2865 | |
2866 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2867 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2868 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2869 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2870 | |
2871 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2872 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2873 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2874 | |
2875 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2876 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2877 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2878 | |
2879 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2880 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2881 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2882 | |
2883 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2884 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2885 | |
2886 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2887 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2888 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2889 | |
2890 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2891 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2892 | |
2893 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2894 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2895 | |
2896 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2897 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2898 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2899 | |
2900 ;;;*** | |
2901 | |
26724 | 2902 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
2903 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
31388 | 2904 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14764 59595)) |
25876 | 2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2906 | |
2907 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
2908 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2909 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2910 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2911 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2912 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2913 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2914 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2915 | |
2916 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2917 | |
2918 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2919 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2920 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2921 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2922 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2923 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2924 | |
26724 | 2925 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
2926 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2927 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2928 | |
2929 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2930 | |
2931 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
2932 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2933 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2934 | |
2935 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2936 | |
2937 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
2938 Send COMMAND to current process. | |
2939 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2940 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2941 |
2942 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
2943 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | |
2944 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2945 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2946 |
25876 | 2947 ;;;*** |
2948 | |
2949 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
25998 | 2950 ;;;;;; 18289)) |
25876 | 2951 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2952 | |
2953 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
2954 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
2955 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
2956 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
2957 | |
2958 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
2959 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
2960 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
2961 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
2962 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
2963 | |
2964 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
2965 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
2966 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
2967 | |
2968 ;;;*** | |
2969 | |
2970 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
2971 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
2972 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
31388 | 2973 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
2975 | |
2976 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
2977 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
2978 | |
2979 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
2980 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
2981 | |
2982 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
2983 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
2984 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
2985 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
2986 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
2987 | |
2988 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
2989 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
2990 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
2991 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
2992 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
2993 | |
2994 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
2995 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2996 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
2997 describing how the process finished.") | |
2998 | |
2999 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
3000 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3001 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
3002 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
3003 | |
3004 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 3005 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 3006 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
3007 | |
3008 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
3009 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
3010 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
3011 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
3012 | |
3013 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
3014 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
3015 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
3016 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
3017 | |
3018 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
3019 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
3020 | |
3021 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
3022 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
3023 | |
3024 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
3025 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
3026 Then start the next one. | |
3027 | |
3028 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
3029 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
3030 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
3031 | |
3032 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
3033 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
3034 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
3035 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
3036 where grep found matches. | |
3037 | |
31388 | 3038 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
25876 | 3039 easily repeat a grep command. |
3040 | |
3041 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
3042 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
3043 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
3044 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
3045 | |
3046 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 3047 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
3048 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3049 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
3050 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
3051 | |
3052 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
3053 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
3054 | |
3055 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3056 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
3057 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
3058 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
3059 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
3060 | |
3061 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
3062 | |
3063 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3064 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
3065 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3066 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3067 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3068 | |
3069 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3070 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
3071 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3072 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3073 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3074 | |
3075 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
3076 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
3077 | |
3078 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
3079 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
3080 | |
31388 | 3081 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; |
25876 | 3082 negative means move back to previous error messages. |
31388 | 3083 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer |
25876 | 3084 and start at the first error. |
3085 | |
3086 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
3087 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
3088 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
3089 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
3090 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
3091 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
3092 | |
3093 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
3094 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
3095 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
3096 | |
3097 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
3098 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
3099 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
3100 | |
3101 ;;;*** | |
3102 | |
29505 | 3103 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode partial-completion-mode) |
30565 | 3104 ;;;;;; "complete" "complete.el" (14664 59525)) |
25876 | 3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
3106 | |
29505 | 3107 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
3108 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3109 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3110 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3111 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
3112 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. | |
3113 This variable should be set only with \\[customize], which is equivalent | |
3114 to using the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
3115 | |
3116 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3117 | |
3118 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete)) | |
3119 | |
25876 | 3120 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
3121 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3122 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
3123 | |
3124 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3125 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3126 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
3127 as much as possible. | |
3128 | |
3129 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
3130 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
3131 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
3132 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
3133 | |
3134 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
3135 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
3136 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
3137 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
3138 | |
3139 ;;;*** | |
3140 | |
3141 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
29505 | 3142 ;;;;;; (14635 2463)) |
25876 | 3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
3144 | |
3145 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
3146 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
3147 | |
3148 ;;;*** | |
3149 | |
26899 | 3150 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
3151 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
3152 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
30565 | 3153 ;;;;;; (14720 1500)) |
26899 | 3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
3155 | |
3156 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
3157 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
3158 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
3159 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
3160 `make-composition'. | |
3161 | |
3162 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
3163 | |
3164 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
3165 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
3166 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
3167 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
3168 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
3169 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
3170 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
3171 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
3172 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
3173 | |
3174 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
3175 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
3176 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
3177 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
3178 be added. | |
3179 | |
3180 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
3181 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
3182 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
3183 | |
3184 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
3185 | | | | |
3186 | global| | | |
3187 | glyph | | | |
3188 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
3189 +----+--*--+ | |
3190 | | new | | |
3191 | |glyph| | |
3192 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
3193 ") | |
3194 | |
3195 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3196 Compose characters in the current region. | |
3197 | |
3198 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
3199 | |
3200 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
3201 specifying the region. | |
3202 | |
3203 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3204 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
3205 | |
3206 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
3207 of the text in the region. | |
3208 | |
3209 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
3210 | |
3211 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
3212 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
3213 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
3214 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
3215 | |
3216 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
3217 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
3218 detail. | |
3219 | |
3220 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3221 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3222 text in the composition." t nil) | |
3223 | |
3224 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3225 Decompose text in the current region. | |
3226 | |
3227 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3228 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
3229 | |
3230 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3231 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3232 | |
3233 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3234 the characters in it. | |
3235 | |
3236 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3237 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3238 STRING respectively. | |
3239 | |
3240 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3241 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3242 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3243 | |
3244 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3245 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3246 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3247 | |
3248 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3249 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3250 | |
3251 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3252 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3253 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3254 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3255 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3256 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3257 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3258 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3259 | |
3260 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3261 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3262 | |
3263 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3264 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3265 | |
3266 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3267 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3268 | |
3269 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3270 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3271 | |
3272 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3273 | |
3274 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3275 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3276 | |
3277 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3278 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3279 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3280 | |
3281 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3282 | |
3283 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3284 | |
3285 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3286 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3287 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3288 | |
3289 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3290 | |
3291 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
30565 | 3292 |
3293 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0) | |
26899 | 3294 |
3295 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\ | |
3296 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. | |
3297 | |
3298 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs | |
3299 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible | |
3300 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called | |
3301 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function | |
3302 `compose-chars-after' for more detail. | |
3303 | |
3304 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when | |
3305 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.") | |
3306 | |
3307 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
3308 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3309 | |
3310 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3311 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3312 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3313 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3314 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3315 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3316 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3317 nil. | |
3318 | |
3319 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3320 is: | |
3321 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3322 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3323 | |
3324 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3325 | |
3326 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) | |
3327 | |
3328 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3329 Compose last characters. | |
3330 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N), | |
3331 where N is the number of characters before point to compose. | |
3332 This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
3333 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
3334 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N) | |
3335 after a sequence character events." t nil) | |
3336 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3337 | |
3338 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3339 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3340 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3341 | |
3342 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3343 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3344 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3345 | |
3346 ;;;*** | |
3347 | |
25876 | 3348 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
31388 | 3349 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 3350 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3351 | |
3352 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3353 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3354 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3355 | |
3356 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3357 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3358 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3359 | |
3360 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3361 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3362 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3363 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3364 | |
3365 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3366 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3367 | |
3368 ;;;*** | |
3369 | |
3370 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
27545 | 3371 ;;;;;; (14463 42213)) |
25876 | 3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3373 | |
3374 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3375 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3376 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3377 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3378 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3379 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3380 | |
3381 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3382 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3383 | |
3384 ;;;*** | |
3385 | |
3386 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
27321 | 3387 ;;;;;; (14456 48530)) |
25876 | 3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3389 | |
3390 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3391 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3392 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3393 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3394 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3395 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3396 | |
3397 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3398 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3399 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3400 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3401 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3402 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3403 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3404 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3405 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3406 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3407 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3408 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3409 | |
3410 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3411 | |
3412 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
3413 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
3414 | |
3415 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3416 | |
3417 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3418 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3419 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3420 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3421 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3422 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3423 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3424 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
3425 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
3426 | |
3427 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3428 | |
3429 bite if angry; | |
3430 | |
3431 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3432 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3433 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3434 to nil.) | |
3435 | |
3436 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3437 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3438 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3439 | |
3440 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3441 | |
3442 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3443 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
3444 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
3445 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
3446 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
3447 | |
3448 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3449 | |
3450 if (A) { B } | |
3451 | |
3452 into | |
3453 | |
3454 B if A; | |
3455 | |
3456 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3457 | |
3458 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3459 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3460 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3461 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3462 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3463 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3464 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3465 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3466 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3467 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3468 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3469 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3470 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3471 | |
3472 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3473 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3474 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3475 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
3476 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
3477 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
3478 | |
3479 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3480 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3481 man via menu. | |
3482 | |
3483 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3484 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3485 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3486 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3487 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3488 | |
3489 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3490 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3491 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3492 | |
3493 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3494 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3495 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3496 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3497 | |
3498 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3499 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3500 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3501 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3502 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3503 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3504 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3505 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3506 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3507 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
3508 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
3509 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
3510 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
3511 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3512 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3513 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3514 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3515 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3516 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3517 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3518 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3519 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3520 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3521 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3522 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3523 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3524 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3525 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3526 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3527 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3528 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3529 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3530 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3531 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3532 | |
3533 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3534 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3535 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3536 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3537 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3538 | |
3539 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3540 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3541 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3542 \(both available from menu). | |
3543 | |
3544 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
3545 column 0 is indented on | |
3546 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3547 | |
3548 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3549 with no args. | |
3550 | |
3551 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3552 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3553 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3554 | |
3555 ;;;*** | |
3556 | |
3557 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
30565 | 3558 ;;;;;; (14726 36009)) |
25876 | 3559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3560 | |
3561 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3562 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3563 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3564 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3565 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3566 | |
3567 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3568 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3569 | |
3570 ;;;*** | |
3571 | |
3572 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
29505 | 3573 ;;;;;; (14634 20465)) |
25876 | 3574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3575 | |
3576 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3577 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3578 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3579 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3580 | |
3581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3582 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3583 | |
3584 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3585 | |
3586 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3587 | |
3588 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
29505 | 3589 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
25876 | 3590 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) |
3591 | |
29505 | 3592 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
3593 | |
25876 | 3594 ;;;*** |
3595 | |
28710 | 3596 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
28764 | 3597 ;;;;;; (14600 8203)) |
28710 | 3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
3599 | |
3600 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
3601 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
3602 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
3603 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
3604 | |
3605 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
3606 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
3607 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
3608 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
3609 | |
3610 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
3611 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
3612 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
3613 | |
3614 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
3615 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
3616 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
3617 | |
3618 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
3619 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
3620 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
3621 | |
3622 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
3623 | |
3624 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
3625 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
3626 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
3627 | |
3628 ;;;*** | |
3629 | |
25876 | 3630 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
3631 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3632 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3633 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3634 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3635 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3636 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3637 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
30565 | 3638 ;;;;;; (14709 28106)) |
25876 | 3639 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3640 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3641 | |
3642 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3643 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3644 | |
3645 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3646 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3647 | |
3648 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3649 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3650 | |
3651 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3652 |
3653 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3654 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3655 | |
3656 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3657 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3658 | |
3659 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3660 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3661 | |
3662 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3663 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3664 | |
3665 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3666 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3667 | |
3668 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3669 |
3670 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3671 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3672 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3673 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3674 | |
3675 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3676 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3677 | |
3678 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3679 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3680 | |
3681 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3682 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3683 | |
3684 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3685 |
3686 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3687 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3688 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3689 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3690 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3691 | |
3692 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3693 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3694 | |
3695 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3696 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3697 | |
3698 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3699 | |
3700 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3701 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3702 | |
3703 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3704 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3705 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3706 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3707 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3708 | |
3709 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3710 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3711 version." t nil) | |
3712 | |
3713 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3714 | |
3715 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3716 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3717 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3718 | |
3719 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3720 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3721 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3722 | |
3723 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
28162 | 3724 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
25876 | 3725 |
3726 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3727 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3728 | |
3729 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3730 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3731 | |
3732 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3733 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3734 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3735 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3736 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3737 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3738 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3739 | |
3740 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3741 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3742 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3743 | |
3744 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3745 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3746 | |
3747 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3748 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3749 | |
3750 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3751 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3752 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3753 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3754 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3755 that option." nil nil) | |
3756 | |
3757 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3758 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3759 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3760 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3761 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3762 that option." nil nil) | |
3763 | |
3764 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3765 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3766 | |
3767 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3768 File used for storing customization information. | |
3769 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3770 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 3771 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
3772 | |
3773 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
3774 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
3775 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
3776 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 3777 |
3778 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3779 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3780 | |
3781 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3782 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3783 | |
3784 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3785 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3786 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3787 | |
3788 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3789 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 3790 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 3791 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3792 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3793 | |
3794 ;;;*** | |
3795 | |
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
31388 | 3797 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14760 55195)) |
25876 | 3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3799 | |
3800 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3801 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3802 | |
3803 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3804 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3805 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3806 | |
25998 | 3807 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 3808 |
3809 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3810 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 3811 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 3812 |
3813 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3814 | |
3815 ;;;*** | |
3816 | |
28288 | 3817 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
31388 | 3818 ;;;;;; (14747 44732)) |
28162 | 3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
3820 | |
3821 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
28288 | 3822 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
28162 | 3823 |
3824 ;;;*** | |
3825 | |
26963 | 3826 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
31388 | 3827 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125)) |
26963 | 3828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
3829 | |
3830 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
31388 | 3831 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
26963 | 3832 |
3833 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
3834 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
3835 C++ modes are included. | |
3836 | |
3837 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3838 | |
3839 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3840 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
3841 | |
3842 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
3843 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
3844 | |
3845 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3846 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
3847 | |
3848 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3849 | |
3850 ;;;*** | |
3851 | |
25876 | 3852 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
28919 | 3853 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
3854 ;;;;;; (14623 45987)) | |
25876 | 3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3856 | |
3857 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3858 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3859 | |
3860 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3861 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3862 | |
3863 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3864 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3865 For readability, the table is slightly | |
3866 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3867 | |
3868 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3869 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3870 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3871 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3872 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3873 | |
3874 ;;;*** | |
3875 | |
3876 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
30565 | 3877 ;;;;;; (14688 20006)) |
25876 | 3878 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3879 | |
3880 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3881 | |
3882 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3883 | |
3884 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3885 Completion on current word. | |
3886 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3887 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3888 | |
3889 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3890 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3891 completions. | |
3892 | |
3893 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3894 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3895 | |
3896 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3897 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3898 | |
3899 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3900 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3901 | |
3902 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3903 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3904 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3905 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3906 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3907 | |
3908 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3909 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3910 | |
3911 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3912 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3913 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3914 | |
3915 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3916 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3917 | |
3918 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3919 | |
3920 ;;;*** | |
3921 | |
3922 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
27321 | 3923 ;;;;;; 38927)) |
25876 | 3924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
3925 | |
3926 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3927 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3928 | |
3929 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3930 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3931 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3932 | |
3933 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3934 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3935 Data lines are not indented. | |
3936 | |
3937 Key bindings: | |
3938 | |
3939 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3940 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3941 | |
3942 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3943 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3944 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3945 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3946 | |
3947 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3948 | |
3949 dcl-basic-offset | |
3950 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3951 | |
3952 dcl-continuation-offset | |
3953 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3954 | |
3955 dcl-margin-offset | |
3956 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
3957 | |
3958 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
3959 Indentation for a label. | |
3960 | |
3961 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
3962 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
3963 | |
3964 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
3965 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3966 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
3967 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
3968 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
3969 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
3970 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
3971 | |
3972 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
3973 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
3974 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
3975 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
3976 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
3977 | |
3978 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
3979 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
3980 One such function is included in the package: | |
3981 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
3982 | |
3983 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
3984 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
3985 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
3986 margin. | |
3987 | |
3988 dcl-electric-characters | |
3989 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
3990 typed. | |
3991 | |
3992 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
3993 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
3994 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
3995 | |
3996 dcl-tempo-comma | |
3997 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
3998 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
3999 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
4000 | |
4001 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
4002 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
4003 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
4004 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
4005 | |
4006 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
4007 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
4008 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
4009 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
4010 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
4011 | |
4012 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
4013 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4014 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
4015 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4016 | |
4017 | |
4018 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
4019 | |
4020 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
4021 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
4022 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
4023 $ i = 1 | |
4024 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
4025 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
4026 $ label: | |
4027 $ if i.eq.1 | |
4028 $ then | |
4029 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
4030 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4031 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
4032 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4033 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
4034 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
4035 $ type sys$input | |
4036 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
4037 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4038 $ endif | |
4039 $ | |
4040 " t nil) | |
4041 | |
4042 ;;;*** | |
4043 | |
4044 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
31388 | 4045 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852)) |
25876 | 4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
4047 | |
4048 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
4049 | |
4050 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
4051 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
4052 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
4053 of the evaluator. | |
4054 | |
4055 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
4056 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
4057 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
4058 | |
4059 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4060 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
4061 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
4062 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
4063 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
4064 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
4065 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
4066 | |
4067 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4068 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
4069 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
4070 | |
4071 ;;;*** | |
4072 | |
4073 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
31388 | 4074 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 4075 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
4076 | |
4077 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
4078 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
4079 | |
4080 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
4081 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
4082 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
4083 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
4084 | |
4085 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
4086 modify it. | |
4087 | |
4088 The most useful commands are: | |
4089 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
4090 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
4091 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
4092 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
4093 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
4094 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
4095 | |
4096 ;;;*** | |
4097 | |
25998 | 4098 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region) |
26724 | 4099 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903)) |
25998 | 4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
4101 | |
4102 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
4103 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
4104 | |
4105 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
4106 | |
4107 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
4108 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
4109 | |
4110 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
4111 | |
4112 ;;;*** | |
4113 | |
27949 | 4114 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505 |
4115 ;;;;;; 12112)) | |
25998 | 4116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
4117 | |
4118 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
4119 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
4120 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
4121 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
4122 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
4123 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
4124 | |
4125 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
4126 | |
4127 Customization: | |
4128 | |
4129 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
4130 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
4131 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
4132 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
4133 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
4134 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
4135 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
4136 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4137 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4138 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
4139 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
4140 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
4141 blank line. | |
4142 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
4143 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
4144 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
4145 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
4146 | |
4147 Coloring: | |
4148 | |
4149 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
4150 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
4151 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
4152 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
4153 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
4154 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
4155 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
4156 Face used to color everything else. | |
4157 | |
4158 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
4159 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
4160 | |
4161 ;;;*** | |
4162 | |
25876 | 4163 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel" |
31388 | 4164 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14746 24124)) |
25876 | 4165 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
4166 | |
4167 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
4168 | |
4169 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
4170 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4171 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
4172 positive. | |
4173 | |
4174 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
4175 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
4176 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
4177 any selection." t nil) | |
4178 | |
4179 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
4180 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4181 See command `delete-selection-mode'. | |
4182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4183 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
4184 | |
4185 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4186 | |
4187 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
4188 | |
4189 ;;;*** | |
4190 | |
28288 | 4191 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el" |
29505 | 4192 ;;;;;; (14638 25337)) |
25876 | 4193 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
4194 | |
4195 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
26724 | 4196 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 4197 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
4198 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
4199 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
4200 | |
4201 ;;;*** | |
4202 | |
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
31388 | 4204 ;;;;;; (14747 44732)) |
25876 | 4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
4206 | |
4207 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
4208 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
4209 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
4210 | |
4211 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
4212 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
4213 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
4214 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
4215 | |
4216 ;;;*** | |
4217 | |
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
4219 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
4220 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
4221 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
4222 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
4223 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
28919 | 4224 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" |
4225 ;;;;;; (14623 45988)) | |
25876 | 4226 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
4227 | |
4228 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4229 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
4230 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4231 |
4232 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4233 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
4234 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4235 |
4236 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4237 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
4238 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4239 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4240 |
4241 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4242 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
4243 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4244 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4245 |
4246 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4247 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 4248 |
4249 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4250 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 4251 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
4252 | |
4253 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4254 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 4255 |
4256 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4257 | |
4258 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4259 | |
4260 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4261 | |
4262 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4263 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
4264 | |
4265 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4266 | |
4267 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4268 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
4269 | |
4270 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4271 | |
4272 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4273 | |
4274 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4275 | |
4276 ;;;*** | |
4277 | |
4278 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
28710 | 4279 ;;;;;; (14587 2634)) |
25876 | 4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4281 | |
4282 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4283 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4284 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4285 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4286 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4287 | |
4288 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4289 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4290 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4291 | |
4292 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4293 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4294 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4295 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4296 | |
4297 #!/bin/sh | |
4298 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4299 emacs -batch \\ | |
4300 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4301 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4302 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
4303 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
4304 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
4305 | |
4306 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4307 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4308 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4309 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4310 | |
4311 ;;;*** | |
4312 | |
4313 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
25998 | 4314 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
25876 | 4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4316 | |
4317 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4318 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4319 | |
4320 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4321 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4322 | |
4323 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4324 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4325 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4326 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4327 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4328 | |
4329 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4330 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4331 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4332 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4333 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4334 | |
4335 ;;;*** | |
4336 | |
26899 | 4337 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
31388 | 4338 ;;;;;; (14764 59676)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4340 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4341 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4342 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4343 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4344 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4345 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4346 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4347 |
26899 | 4348 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4349 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4350 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4351 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4352 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4353 |
25876 | 4354 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4355 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4356 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4357 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
30565 | 4358 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14724 3525)) |
25876 | 4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4360 | |
4361 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4362 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4363 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4364 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4365 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4366 | |
4367 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4368 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4369 | |
4370 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4371 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4372 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4373 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4374 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4375 | |
4376 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4377 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4378 | |
4379 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4380 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4381 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4382 always set this variable to t.") | |
4383 | |
4384 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4385 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4386 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4387 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4388 | |
4389 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4390 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4391 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4392 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4393 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4394 | |
4395 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4396 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4397 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4398 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4399 | |
4400 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4401 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4402 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4403 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4404 | |
4405 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4406 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4407 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4408 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4409 | |
4410 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4411 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4412 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4413 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4414 | |
4415 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4416 | |
4417 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4418 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4419 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4420 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4421 | |
4422 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4423 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4424 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4425 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4426 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4427 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4428 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4429 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4430 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4431 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4432 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4433 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4434 | |
4435 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4436 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4437 | |
4438 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4439 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4440 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4441 | |
4442 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4443 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4444 | |
4445 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4446 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4447 | |
4448 ;;;*** | |
4449 | |
30565 | 4450 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
4451 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
4452 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
28939 | 4453 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
4454 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
26899 | 4455 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4456 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4457 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4458 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4459 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4460 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4461 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
31388 | 4462 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14736 21209)) |
25876 | 4463 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4464 | |
4465 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4466 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4467 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4468 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4469 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4470 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4471 | |
4472 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4473 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4474 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4475 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4476 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4477 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4478 | |
4479 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4480 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4481 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4482 | |
4483 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4484 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4485 | |
4486 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4487 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4488 | |
4489 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4490 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4491 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4492 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4493 | |
4494 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4495 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4496 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4497 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4498 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4499 | |
4500 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4501 | |
4502 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4503 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4504 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4505 | |
26899 | 4506 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4507 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4508 instead of att the end of the command. | |
4509 | |
25876 | 4510 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4511 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4512 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4513 | |
4514 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4515 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4516 | |
4517 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4518 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4519 |
4520 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4521 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4522 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4523 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4524 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4525 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4526 | |
4527 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4528 | |
4529 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4530 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4531 | |
4532 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4533 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4534 | |
4535 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4536 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4537 | |
4538 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4539 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4540 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4541 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4542 | |
4543 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4544 | |
4545 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4546 | |
4547 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4548 | |
4549 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4550 | |
4551 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4552 | |
4553 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4554 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4555 | |
4556 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4557 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4558 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4559 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4560 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4561 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4562 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4563 | |
4564 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4565 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4566 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4567 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4568 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4569 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4570 | |
4571 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4572 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4573 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4574 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4575 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4576 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4577 | |
4578 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4579 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4580 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4581 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4582 | |
4583 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4584 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4585 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4586 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4587 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4588 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4589 | |
4590 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4591 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4592 | |
4593 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4594 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4595 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4596 | |
4597 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4598 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4599 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4600 | |
4601 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4602 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4603 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4604 | |
4605 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4606 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4607 | |
4608 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4609 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4610 | |
4611 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4612 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4613 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4614 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4615 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4616 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4617 this subdirectory. | |
4618 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4619 | |
26899 | 4620 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4621 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4622 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4623 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4624 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4625 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4626 this subdirectory. | |
4627 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4628 | |
25876 | 4629 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4630 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4631 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4632 | |
4633 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4634 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4635 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4636 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4637 | |
4638 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4639 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4640 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4641 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4642 | |
4643 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4644 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4645 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4646 | |
4647 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4648 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4649 | |
4650 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4651 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4652 | |
4653 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4654 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4655 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4656 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4657 | |
4658 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4659 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4660 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4661 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4662 | |
4663 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4664 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4665 Stops when a match is found. | |
4666 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4667 | |
28939 | 4668 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
25876 | 4669 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
4670 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4671 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4672 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4673 | |
30565 | 4674 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
4675 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
4676 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
4677 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil) | |
4678 | |
25876 | 4679 ;;;*** |
4680 | |
27949 | 4681 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402)) |
25876 | 4682 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4683 | |
4684 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
4685 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
4686 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
4687 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
4688 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
4689 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
4690 | |
4691 ;;;*** | |
4692 | |
25998 | 4693 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315)) |
25876 | 4694 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4695 | |
4696 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4697 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4698 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4699 | |
4700 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4701 | |
4702 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4703 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4704 | |
4705 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4706 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4707 " nil nil) | |
4708 | |
4709 ;;;*** | |
4710 | |
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 4712 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4714 | |
4715 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4716 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4717 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4718 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4719 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4720 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4721 | |
4722 ;;;*** | |
4723 | |
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4725 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4726 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4727 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
31388 | 4728 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14758 10468)) |
25876 | 4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4730 | |
4731 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4732 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4733 | |
4734 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4735 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4739 | |
4740 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4741 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4742 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4743 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4744 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4745 | |
4746 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4747 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4748 | |
4749 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4750 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4751 | |
4752 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4753 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4754 | |
4755 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4756 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4757 | |
4758 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4759 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4760 | |
4761 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4762 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4763 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4764 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4765 | |
4766 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4767 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4768 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4769 X frame." nil nil) | |
4770 | |
4771 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4772 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4773 | |
30565 | 4774 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
4775 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4776 |
4777 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4778 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4779 | |
4780 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4781 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4782 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4783 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4784 | |
4785 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4786 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4787 European character display. | |
4788 | |
4789 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4790 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4791 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4792 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4793 | |
4794 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4795 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4796 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4797 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 4798 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 4799 |
4800 ;;;*** | |
4801 | |
4802 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 4803 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4805 | |
4806 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4807 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4808 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4809 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4810 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4811 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4812 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4813 Default is 2." t nil) | |
4814 | |
4815 ;;;*** | |
4816 | |
31388 | 4817 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 4818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4819 | |
4820 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4821 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4822 | |
4823 ;;;*** | |
4824 | |
25998 | 4825 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4826 ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
25876 | 4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4828 | |
25998 | 4829 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4830 Toggle Double mode. | |
4831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4832 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4833 | |
4834 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4835 | |
4836 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4837 | |
25876 | 4838 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4839 Toggle Double mode. | |
4840 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4841 | |
4842 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4843 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4844 | |
4845 ;;;*** | |
4846 | |
27321 | 4847 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546)) |
25876 | 4848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
4849 | |
4850 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4851 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4852 | |
4853 ;;;*** | |
4854 | |
4855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
27321 | 4856 ;;;;;; (14030 48685)) |
25876 | 4857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
4858 | |
4859 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4860 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4861 | |
4862 ;;;*** | |
4863 | |
28288 | 4864 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap |
29505 | 4865 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" |
31388 | 4866 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 4867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4868 | |
26724 | 4869 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
4870 | |
4871 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 4872 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
29505 | 4873 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
4874 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. | |
25876 | 4875 |
4876 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 4877 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
29505 | 4878 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
25876 | 4879 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
29505 | 4880 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
4881 in order to build a valid keymap. | |
26724 | 4882 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
29505 | 4883 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
4884 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. | |
4885 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported: | |
4886 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. | |
4887 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
4888 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro)) | |
4889 | |
4890 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
4891 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode. | |
4892 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer | |
4893 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
4894 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
4895 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 4896 |
28162 | 4897 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
4898 | |
4899 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) | |
4900 | |
28288 | 4901 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ |
4902 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4903 | |
4904 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4905 | |
4906 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
4907 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). | |
4908 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
4909 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4910 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4911 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
4912 hooks for the new mode. | |
4913 | |
4914 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4915 | |
4916 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4917 | |
4918 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4919 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4920 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4921 | |
4922 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4923 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4924 | |
4925 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4926 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4927 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4928 | |
4929 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
4930 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
4931 | |
25876 | 4932 ;;;*** |
4933 | |
4934 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
30565 | 4935 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702 |
4936 ;;;;;; 57276)) | |
25876 | 4937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
4938 | |
4939 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
4940 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
4941 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
4942 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
4943 | |
4944 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
4945 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
4946 | |
4947 :filter FUNCTION | |
4948 | |
4949 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
4950 menu displayed. | |
4951 | |
4952 :visible INCLUDE | |
4953 | |
4954 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
4955 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
4956 | |
4957 :active ENABLE | |
4958 | |
4959 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
4960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4961 | |
4962 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
4963 | |
4964 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
4965 | |
4966 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
4967 | |
4968 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
4969 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
4970 | |
4971 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4972 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4973 | |
26724 | 4974 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 4975 |
4976 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
4977 | |
4978 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
4979 | |
4980 :keys KEYS | |
4981 | |
4982 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
4983 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
4984 computed automatically. | |
4985 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
4986 | |
4987 :key-sequence KEYS | |
4988 | |
30565 | 4989 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
25876 | 4990 menu item. |
30565 | 4991 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
25876 | 4992 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
4993 keyboard equivalent. | |
4994 | |
4995 :active ENABLE | |
4996 | |
4997 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4998 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4999 | |
5000 :included INCLUDE | |
5001 | |
5002 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
5003 expression has a non-nil value. | |
5004 | |
30565 | 5005 :suffix FORM |
5006 | |
5007 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | |
5008 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
25876 | 5009 |
5010 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 5011 |
25876 | 5012 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 5013 defined: |
25876 | 5014 |
5015 toggle: A checkbox. | |
5016 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
5017 radio: A radio button. | |
5018 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
30565 | 5019 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
25876 | 5020 menu bar itself. |
5021 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
5022 | |
5023 :selected SELECTED | |
5024 | |
5025 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
5026 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5027 | |
28523 | 5028 :help HELP |
5029 | |
5030 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
5031 | |
25876 | 5032 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
5033 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
5034 as a solid horizontal line. | |
5035 | |
5036 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
5037 | |
5038 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
5039 | |
5040 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
5041 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
5042 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
5043 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
5044 | |
5045 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
5046 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 5047 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
5048 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
5049 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
5050 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
5051 | |
5052 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
5053 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
5054 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 5055 |
5056 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
5057 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
5058 | |
5059 ;;;*** | |
5060 | |
27545 | 5061 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
5062 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
5063 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
5064 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
31388 | 5065 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 38337)) |
27545 | 5066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
5067 | |
5068 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5069 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
5070 | |
5071 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5072 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5073 | |
5074 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
5075 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
5076 it to the printer. | |
5077 | |
5078 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
5079 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
5080 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
5081 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
5082 | |
5083 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5084 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
5085 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
5086 | |
5087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
5090 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
5091 | |
5092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5093 | |
5094 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5095 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
5096 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
5097 | |
5098 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5099 | |
5100 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5101 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
5102 | |
5103 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5104 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5105 | |
5106 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5107 | |
5108 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5109 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5110 | |
5111 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5112 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5113 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5114 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5115 | |
5116 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5117 | |
5118 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5119 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
5120 | |
5121 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5122 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5123 | |
5124 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5125 | |
5126 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5127 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5128 | |
5129 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5130 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5131 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5132 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5133 | |
5134 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5135 | |
5136 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
5137 | |
5138 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5139 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
5140 | |
5141 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5142 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
5143 | |
5144 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5145 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
5146 | |
5147 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5148 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
5149 | |
5150 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5151 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
5152 | |
5153 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5154 Set STYLE to current style. | |
5155 | |
5156 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5157 | |
5158 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5159 Reset current style. | |
5160 | |
5161 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5162 | |
5163 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5164 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
5165 | |
5166 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5167 | |
5168 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5169 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
5170 | |
5171 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5172 | |
5173 ;;;*** | |
5174 | |
28523 | 5175 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace |
5176 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree | |
30565 | 5177 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727 |
5178 ;;;;;; 65050)) | |
28523 | 5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
5180 | |
5181 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5182 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
5183 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
5184 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
5185 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
5186 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
5187 | |
5188 Tree mode key bindings: | |
28542 | 5189 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
28523 | 5190 |
5191 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5192 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
5193 | |
30565 | 5194 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
5195 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
5196 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
5197 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
5198 completion." t nil) | |
28523 | 5199 |
5200 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5201 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
5202 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
5203 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
5204 | |
5205 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5206 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
5207 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
5208 | |
5209 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5210 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
5211 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
5212 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
5213 | |
5214 ;;;*** | |
5215 | |
25876 | 5216 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
25998 | 5217 ;;;;;; (13778 5499)) |
25876 | 5218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
5219 | |
5220 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
5221 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
5222 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
5223 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
5224 | |
5225 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
5226 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
5227 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
5228 | |
5229 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
5230 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
5231 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
5232 | |
5233 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
5234 | |
5235 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5236 | |
5237 ;;;*** | |
5238 | |
5239 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
27321 | 5240 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307)) |
25876 | 5241 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
5242 | |
5243 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
5244 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
5245 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
5246 | |
5247 ;;;*** | |
5248 | |
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
31388 | 5250 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14745 13891)) |
25876 | 5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
5252 | |
5253 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
5254 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5255 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5256 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5257 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5258 | |
5259 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5260 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5261 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5262 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5263 | |
5264 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5265 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5266 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5267 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5268 | |
5269 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 5270 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 5271 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5272 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5273 | |
5274 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5275 | |
5276 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5277 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5278 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5279 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5280 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5281 | |
5282 ;;;*** | |
5283 | |
5284 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5285 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5286 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5287 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5288 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5289 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5290 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5291 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5292 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
27949 | 5293 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408)) |
25876 | 5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5295 | |
5296 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5297 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5298 | |
5299 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5300 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5301 | |
5302 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5303 | |
5304 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5305 | |
5306 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5307 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5308 | |
5309 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5310 | |
5311 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5312 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5313 | |
5314 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5315 | |
5316 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5317 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 5318 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5319 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5320 |
5321 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5322 | |
5323 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5324 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5325 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5326 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5327 |
5328 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5329 | |
5330 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5331 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 5332 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 5333 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5334 | |
5335 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5336 | |
5337 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5338 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 5339 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5340 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5341 |
5342 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5343 | |
5344 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5345 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 5346 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 5347 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 5348 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 5349 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5350 | |
5351 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5352 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5353 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5354 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5355 |
5356 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5357 | |
5358 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5359 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5360 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5361 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5362 |
5363 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5364 | |
5365 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5366 | |
5367 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5368 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5369 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5370 follows: | |
5371 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5372 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5373 | |
5374 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5375 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5376 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5377 follows: | |
5378 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5379 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5380 | |
5381 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5382 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5383 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5384 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 5385 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5386 |
5387 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5388 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5389 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5390 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5391 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5392 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5393 |
5394 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5395 | |
5396 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5397 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5398 | |
5399 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5400 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5401 | |
5402 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5403 | |
5404 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5405 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5406 | |
5407 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5408 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5409 | |
5410 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5411 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5412 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5413 buffer." t nil) | |
5414 | |
5415 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5416 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5417 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5418 buffer." t nil) | |
5419 | |
5420 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5421 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5422 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5423 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5424 | |
5425 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5426 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5427 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5428 and don't ask the user. | |
5429 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5430 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5431 |
5432 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5433 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
5434 | |
5435 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5436 | |
5437 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5438 | |
5439 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5440 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
5441 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
26724 | 5442 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) |
25876 | 5443 |
5444 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5445 | |
5446 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5447 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5448 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5449 | |
5450 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5451 Display Ediff's manual. | |
5452 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5453 | |
5454 ;;;*** | |
5455 | |
27949 | 5456 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
5457 ;;;;;; (14522 27392)) | |
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el | |
5459 | |
5460 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5461 | |
5462 ;;;*** | |
5463 | |
26724 | 5464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123)) |
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
5466 | |
5467 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5468 | |
5469 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))) | |
5470 | |
5471 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5472 | |
5473 ;;;*** | |
5474 | |
25876 | 5475 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
29505 | 5476 ;;;;;; (14636 62704)) |
25876 | 5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5478 | |
5479 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5480 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5481 | |
5482 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5483 | |
5484 ;;;*** | |
5485 | |
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
26724 | 5487 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134)) |
25876 | 5488 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5489 | |
5490 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5491 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5492 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5493 which see." t nil) | |
5494 | |
5495 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5496 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5497 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5498 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5499 | |
5500 ;;;*** | |
5501 | |
5502 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5503 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
29505 | 5504 ;;;;;; (14634 20435)) |
25876 | 5505 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5506 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5507 | |
5508 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5509 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5510 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5511 | |
5512 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5513 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5514 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5515 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5516 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5517 its command name. | |
5518 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5519 | |
5520 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5521 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5522 | |
5523 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5524 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5525 | |
5526 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5527 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5528 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5529 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5530 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5531 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5532 | |
5533 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5534 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5535 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
5536 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
5537 | |
5538 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5539 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
5540 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
5541 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
5542 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
5543 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
5544 | |
5545 ;;;*** | |
5546 | |
5547 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
25998 | 5548 ;;;;;; 33724)) |
25876 | 5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
5550 | |
5551 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
5552 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
5553 | |
5554 ;;;*** | |
5555 | |
5556 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
25998 | 5557 ;;;;;; (13116 19762)) |
25876 | 5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
5559 | |
5560 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
5561 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
5562 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
5563 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
5564 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
5565 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
5566 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
5567 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
5568 | |
5569 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5570 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
5571 | |
5572 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
5573 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
5574 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
5575 this value is non-nil. | |
5576 | |
5577 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5578 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those | |
5579 things. | |
5580 | |
5581 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
5582 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
5583 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
5584 | |
5585 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
5586 | |
5587 ;;;*** | |
5588 | |
30565 | 5589 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string |
5590 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 1570)) | |
25876 | 5591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
5592 | |
5593 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
5594 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
5595 | |
5596 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
5597 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
5598 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
5599 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
5600 from the documentation string if possible. | |
5601 | |
5602 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
5603 instead. | |
5604 | |
5605 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
5606 | |
30565 | 5607 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
5608 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.") | |
5609 | |
5610 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string))))))) | |
5611 | |
25876 | 5612 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
5613 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
5614 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
5615 | |
5616 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
5617 of the mode. | |
5618 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
5619 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
5620 | |
5621 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5622 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
5623 | |
5624 ;;;*** | |
5625 | |
27949 | 5626 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495 |
5627 ;;;;;; 17971)) | |
26899 | 5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
5629 | |
5630 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5631 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5632 | |
5633 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5634 an elided material again. | |
5635 | |
5636 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5637 | |
5638 ;;;*** | |
5639 | |
25876 | 5640 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
25998 | 5641 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5643 | |
5644 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5645 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5646 | |
5647 ;;;*** | |
5648 | |
29505 | 5649 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
5650 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" | |
5651 ;;;;;; (14638 40759)) | |
25876 | 5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5653 | |
5654 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5655 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5656 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5657 | |
5658 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
5659 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
5660 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5661 | |
5662 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5663 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5664 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5665 | |
5666 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5667 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5668 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5669 | |
5670 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5671 | |
5672 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5673 Display current profiling results. | |
5674 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5675 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5676 displayed." t nil) | |
5677 | |
5678 ;;;*** | |
5679 | |
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
25998 | 5681 ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
25876 | 5682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5683 | |
5684 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5685 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5686 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5687 | |
5688 ;;;*** | |
5689 | |
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5691 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
5692 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
5693 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
30565 | 5694 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 2831)) |
25876 | 5695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
5696 | |
5697 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
5698 | |
5699 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
5700 | |
5701 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
5702 | |
5703 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
5704 | |
5705 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
5706 | |
5707 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
5708 | |
5709 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
5710 | |
5711 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
5712 | |
5713 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
5714 | |
5715 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
5716 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
5717 | |
5718 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5719 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5720 | |
5721 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
5722 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
5723 | |
5724 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5725 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5726 | |
5727 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5728 | |
5729 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5730 | |
5731 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5732 | |
5733 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5734 | |
5735 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
5736 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
5737 | |
5738 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5739 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
5740 | |
5741 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
5742 | |
5743 ;;;*** | |
5744 | |
5745 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
29505 | 5746 ;;;;;; (14642 24031)) |
25876 | 5747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
5748 | |
5749 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
5750 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
5751 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5752 | |
5753 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
5754 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
5755 automatically. | |
5756 | |
5757 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
5758 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
5759 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
5760 | |
5761 ;;;*** | |
5762 | |
5763 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
31388 | 5764 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14748 5209)) |
25876 | 5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
5766 | |
5767 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
5768 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
5769 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
5770 text/enriched format. | |
5771 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
5772 | |
5773 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
5774 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
5775 | |
5776 Commands: | |
5777 | |
5778 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5779 | |
5780 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5781 | |
5782 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5783 | |
5784 ;;;*** | |
5785 | |
31388 | 5786 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14768 |
5787 ;;;;;; 46217)) | |
30565 | 5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
5789 | |
5790 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
5791 Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
5792 | |
5793 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
5794 | |
5795 ;;;*** | |
5796 | |
5797 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14679 | |
5798 ;;;;;; 21629)) | |
5799 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el | |
5800 | |
5801 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
5802 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil) | |
5803 | |
5804 ;;;*** | |
5805 | |
5806 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
5807 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14709 28151)) | |
5808 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el | |
5809 | |
5810 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
5811 Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
5812 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
5813 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
5814 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
5815 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix | |
5816 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil) | |
5817 | |
5818 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
5819 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
5820 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil) | |
5821 | |
5822 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
5823 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
5824 The result might be any Lisp object. | |
5825 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
5826 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
5827 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil) | |
5828 | |
5829 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
5830 Report a bug in Eshell. | |
5831 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
5832 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil) | |
5833 | |
5834 ;;;*** | |
5835 | |
25876 | 5836 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
5837 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
5838 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
5839 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
28288 | 5840 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list |
30565 | 5841 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14669 |
5842 ;;;;;; 64271)) | |
25876 | 5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
5844 | |
5845 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
5846 *File name of tags table. | |
5847 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5848 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
5849 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5850 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
5851 | |
28288 | 5852 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
5853 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
5854 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
5855 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
5856 | |
25876 | 5857 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
5858 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
5859 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
5860 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5861 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
5862 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5863 | |
5864 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
5865 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
5866 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
5867 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
5868 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
5869 | |
5870 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
5871 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
5872 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
5873 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
5874 | |
5875 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
5876 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
5877 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
5878 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
5879 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
5880 | |
5881 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5882 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
5883 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
5884 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
5885 | |
5886 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
5887 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
5888 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
5889 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
5890 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
5891 | |
5892 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
5893 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
5894 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
5895 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
5896 without directory names." nil nil) | |
5897 | |
5898 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
5899 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5900 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
5901 but does not select the buffer. | |
5902 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
5903 | |
5904 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5905 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5906 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5907 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5908 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5909 | |
5910 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5911 | |
5912 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5913 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5914 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5915 | |
5916 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5917 | |
5918 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5919 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5920 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
5921 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
5922 | |
5923 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5924 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5925 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5926 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5927 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5928 | |
5929 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5930 | |
5931 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5932 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5933 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5934 | |
5935 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5936 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
5937 | |
5938 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
5939 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5940 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
5941 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5942 around or before point. | |
5943 | |
5944 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5945 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5946 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5947 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5948 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5949 | |
5950 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5951 | |
5952 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5953 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5954 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5955 | |
5956 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5957 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
5958 | |
5959 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
5960 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5961 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
5962 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5963 around or before point. | |
5964 | |
5965 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5966 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5967 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5968 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5969 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5970 | |
5971 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5972 | |
5973 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5974 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5975 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5976 | |
5977 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5978 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
5979 | |
5980 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
5981 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
5982 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
5983 | |
5984 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5985 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5986 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5987 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5988 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5989 | |
5990 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
5991 | |
5992 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5993 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5994 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5995 | |
5996 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5997 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
5998 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
5999 | |
6000 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
6001 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
6002 | |
6003 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
6004 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
6005 where they were found." t nil) | |
6006 | |
6007 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
6008 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
6009 | |
6010 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
6011 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
6012 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
6013 | |
6014 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
6015 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
6016 | |
6017 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
6018 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
6019 | |
6020 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
6021 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
6022 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
6023 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
6024 | |
6025 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
6026 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
6027 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
6028 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
6029 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
6030 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
6031 | |
6032 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
6033 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
6034 Stops when a match is found. | |
6035 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6036 | |
6037 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6038 | |
6039 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
6040 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. | |
6041 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
6042 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
6043 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6044 | |
6045 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6046 | |
6047 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
6048 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
6049 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
6050 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
6051 directory specification." t nil) | |
6052 | |
6053 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
6054 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
6055 | |
6056 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6057 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
6058 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
6059 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
6060 | |
6061 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6062 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
6063 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
6064 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
6065 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
6066 | |
6067 ;;;*** | |
6068 | |
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
6070 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
6071 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
6072 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
6073 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
6074 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
28919 | 6075 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
6076 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988)) | |
25876 | 6077 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
6078 | |
6079 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
6080 | |
6081 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6082 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6083 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
6084 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6085 | |
6086 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
6087 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6088 language. | |
6089 | |
6090 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
6091 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
6092 | |
6093 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6094 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6095 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6096 | |
6097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6098 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6099 | |
6100 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6101 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6102 | |
6103 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
6104 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6105 language. | |
6106 | |
6107 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
6108 buffer is read-only. | |
6109 | |
6110 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6111 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6112 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6113 | |
6114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6115 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6116 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6117 | |
6118 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6119 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
6120 | |
6121 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
6122 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
6123 | |
6124 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
6125 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
6126 | |
6127 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6128 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6129 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
6130 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6131 | |
6132 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6133 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
6134 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6135 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6136 | |
6137 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
6138 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
6139 the primary language. | |
6140 | |
6141 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
6142 buffer is read-only. | |
6143 | |
6144 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6145 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6146 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6147 | |
6148 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6149 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
6150 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6151 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6152 | |
6153 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
6154 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
6155 primary language. | |
6156 | |
6157 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
6158 buffer is read-only. | |
6159 | |
6160 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6161 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6162 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6163 | |
6164 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6165 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6166 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6167 | |
6168 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6169 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
6170 | |
6171 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
6172 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
6173 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
6174 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
6175 | |
6176 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
6177 | |
6178 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6179 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
6180 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6181 | |
6182 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6183 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
6184 | |
6185 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6186 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
6187 | |
6188 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
6189 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
6190 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
6191 | |
6192 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
6193 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
6194 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
6195 | |
6196 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
6197 | |
6198 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6199 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
6200 | |
6201 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6202 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
6203 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
6204 | |
6205 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6206 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
6207 | |
6208 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6209 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
6210 | |
6211 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
6212 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
6213 | |
6214 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
6215 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
6216 | |
6217 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6218 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
6219 | |
6220 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6221 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
6222 | |
6223 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6224 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
6225 | |
6226 ;;;*** | |
6227 | |
27321 | 6228 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
6229 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
27326 | 6230 ;;;;;; (14463 3149)) |
27321 | 6231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
6232 | |
6233 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
6234 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
6235 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
6236 server for future sessions." t nil) | |
6237 | |
6238 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
6239 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6240 | |
6241 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
6242 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6243 | |
6244 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
6245 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
6246 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
6247 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
6248 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
6249 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
6250 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
6251 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
6252 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
6253 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
6254 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
6255 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
6256 | |
6257 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
6258 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
6259 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
6260 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
6261 | |
6262 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
6263 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
6264 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
6265 | |
27326 | 6266 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
6267 | |
27321 | 6268 ;;;*** |
6269 | |
6270 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
6271 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
6272 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599)) | |
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el | |
6274 | |
6275 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6276 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
6277 | |
6278 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6279 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6280 | |
6281 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6282 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
6283 | |
6284 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6285 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
6286 | |
6287 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6288 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
6289 | |
6290 ;;;*** | |
6291 | |
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
6293 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168)) | |
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el | |
6295 | |
6296 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6297 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
6298 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
6299 | |
6300 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6301 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
6302 | |
6303 ;;;*** | |
6304 | |
6305 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
6306 ;;;;;; (14460 58176)) | |
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el | |
6308 | |
6309 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6310 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6311 | |
6312 ;;;*** | |
6313 | |
30565 | 6314 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
6315 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
31388 | 6316 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3331)) |
25876 | 6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6318 | |
30565 | 6319 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
6320 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name. | |
6321 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil) | |
6322 | |
25876 | 6323 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
6324 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6325 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6326 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6327 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6328 executable." t nil) | |
6329 | |
6330 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6331 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6332 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6333 | |
30565 | 6334 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
6335 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
6336 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
6337 file modes." nil nil) | |
6338 | |
25876 | 6339 ;;;*** |
6340 | |
6341 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
27321 | 6342 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506)) |
25876 | 6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6344 | |
6345 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6346 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6347 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6348 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6349 | |
6350 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6351 | |
6352 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6353 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6354 to generate such functions. | |
6355 | |
6356 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6357 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6358 beginning of the expanded text. | |
6359 | |
6360 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6361 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6362 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6363 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6364 | |
6365 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6366 | |
6367 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6368 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6369 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6370 | |
6371 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6372 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6373 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6374 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6375 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6376 | |
6377 ;;;*** | |
6378 | |
28919 | 6379 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936)) |
25876 | 6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6381 | |
6382 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6383 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6384 | |
6385 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6386 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6387 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6388 | |
6389 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6390 | |
6391 Key definitions: | |
6392 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6393 | |
6394 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6395 | |
6396 f90-do-indent | |
6397 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6398 f90-if-indent | |
6399 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6400 f90-type-indent | |
6401 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6402 f90-program-indent | |
6403 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6404 (default 2) | |
6405 f90-continuation-indent | |
6406 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6407 f90-comment-region | |
6408 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6409 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6410 f90-indented-comment-re | |
6411 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6412 (default \"!\") | |
6413 f90-directive-comment-re | |
6414 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6415 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6416 f90-break-delimiters | |
6417 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6418 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6419 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6420 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6421 (default t) | |
6422 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6423 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6424 f90-smart-end | |
6425 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6426 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
6427 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
6428 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
6429 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
6430 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
6431 f90-leave-line-no | |
6432 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
6433 f90-startup-message | |
6434 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6435 f90-keywords-re | |
6436 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6437 | |
6438 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6439 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6440 | |
6441 ;;;*** | |
6442 | |
6443 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6444 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6445 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6446 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
30565 | 6447 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 39146)) |
25876 | 6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6449 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6450 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6451 | |
6452 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6453 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6454 | |
6455 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6456 | |
6457 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6458 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6459 | |
6460 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6461 | |
6462 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
30565 | 6463 Menu keymap for background colors.") |
25876 | 6464 |
6465 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6466 | |
27545 | 6467 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6468 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6469 | |
6470 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6471 | |
27545 | 6472 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6473 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6474 | |
6475 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6476 | |
27545 | 6477 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6478 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6479 | |
6480 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6481 | |
6482 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6483 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6484 | |
6485 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6486 | |
27545 | 6487 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
6488 | |
6489 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 6490 |
6491 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6492 | |
6493 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6494 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
6495 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
6496 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
6497 | |
6498 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
6499 | |
6500 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6501 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6502 | |
6503 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6504 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6505 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6506 | |
6507 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6508 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6509 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). |
6510 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6511 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6512 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6513 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6514 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6515 | |
6516 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6517 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6518 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). |
6519 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6520 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6521 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6522 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6523 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6524 | |
6525 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6526 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6527 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
6528 is the menu item's name. | |
6529 | |
6530 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6531 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6532 | |
6533 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6534 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6535 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6536 | |
6537 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6538 Make the region invisible. | |
6539 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6540 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6541 | |
6542 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6543 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
6544 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6545 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6546 | |
6547 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
6548 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
6549 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
6550 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6551 | |
6552 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
6553 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
6554 | |
6555 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
6556 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
6557 | |
6558 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
6559 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
6560 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
6561 | |
6562 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
6563 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
6564 | |
6565 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
6566 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
6567 | |
6568 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
6569 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
6570 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
6571 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
6572 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
6573 | |
6574 ;;;*** | |
6575 | |
6576 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
27545 | 6577 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
6579 | |
6580 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6581 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
6582 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
6583 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
6584 | |
6585 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
6586 | |
6587 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
6588 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
6589 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
6590 | |
6591 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
6592 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
6593 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
6594 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
6595 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
6596 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
6597 | |
6598 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
6599 | |
6600 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
6601 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
6602 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
6603 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
6604 | |
6605 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6606 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
6607 | |
6608 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
6609 | |
6610 ;;;*** | |
6611 | |
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
6613 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
27321 | 6614 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092)) |
25876 | 6615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
6616 | |
6617 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
6618 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
6619 | |
6620 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
6621 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
6622 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
6623 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
6624 | |
6625 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
6626 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
6627 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
6628 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
6629 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
6630 | |
6631 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
6632 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
6633 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
6634 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
6635 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
6636 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
6637 internally by feedmail): | |
6638 | |
6639 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
6640 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
6641 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
6642 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
6643 | |
6644 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
6645 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
6646 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
6647 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
6648 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
6649 | |
6650 ;;;*** | |
6651 | |
26899 | 6652 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point |
31388 | 6653 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 5588)) |
25876 | 6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
6655 | |
6656 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
6657 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
6658 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
6659 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
6660 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
6661 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
6662 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
6663 | |
6664 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6665 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
6666 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
6667 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
6668 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
6669 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
6670 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
6671 | |
6672 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 6673 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 6674 |
6675 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
6676 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
6677 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
6678 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
6679 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
6680 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
6681 | |
6682 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
6683 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
6684 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
6685 Return value: | |
6686 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
6687 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
6688 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
6689 | |
6690 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6691 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
6692 | |
6693 ;;;*** | |
6694 | |
6695 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
31388 | 6696 ;;;;;; (14767 35311)) |
25876 | 6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
6698 | |
6699 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
6700 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
6701 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
6702 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
31388 | 6703 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
6704 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
25876 | 6705 \(directories) is done." t nil) |
6706 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6707 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6708 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6709 | |
6710 ;;;*** | |
6711 | |
6712 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
30565 | 6713 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187)) |
25876 | 6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
6715 | |
6716 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
6717 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
6718 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
6719 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
6720 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
6721 | |
6722 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
6723 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
6724 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
6725 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
6726 | |
6727 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6728 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
6729 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6730 | |
6731 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
6732 | |
6733 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
6734 as the final argument." t nil) | |
6735 | |
6736 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6737 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
6738 and run dired on those files. | |
6739 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
6740 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6741 | |
6742 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
6743 | |
6744 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6745 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
6746 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6747 | |
6748 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
6749 | |
6750 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
6751 | |
6752 ;;;*** | |
6753 | |
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
6755 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
31388 | 6756 ;;;;;; (14746 24125)) |
25876 | 6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
6758 | |
6759 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6760 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
31388 | 6761 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
25876 | 6762 |
6763 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
6764 | |
6765 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6766 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6767 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
6768 | |
6769 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
6770 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
6771 | |
6772 Variables of interest include: | |
6773 | |
31388 | 6774 - `ff-case-fold-search' |
6775 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
25876 | 6776 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
6777 | |
31388 | 6778 - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
25876 | 6779 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
31388 | 6780 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
6781 | |
6782 - `ff-ignore-include' | |
25876 | 6783 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
6784 | |
31388 | 6785 - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
25876 | 6786 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
6787 | |
31388 | 6788 - `ff-quiet-mode' |
25876 | 6789 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
6790 | |
31388 | 6791 - `ff-special-constructs' |
6792 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
6793 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
25876 | 6794 extracting the filename from that construct. |
6795 | |
31388 | 6796 - `ff-other-file-alist' |
25876 | 6797 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
6798 | |
31388 | 6799 - `ff-search-directories' |
25876 | 6800 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
31388 | 6801 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
6802 | |
6803 - `ff-pre-find-hooks' | |
25876 | 6804 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
6805 | |
31388 | 6806 - `ff-pre-load-hooks' |
25876 | 6807 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
6808 | |
31388 | 6809 - `ff-post-load-hooks' |
25876 | 6810 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
6811 | |
31388 | 6812 - `ff-not-found-hooks' |
25876 | 6813 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
6814 | |
31388 | 6815 - `ff-file-created-hooks' |
25876 | 6816 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) |
6817 | |
6818 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6819 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6820 | |
6821 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
31388 | 6822 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil) |
25876 | 6823 |
6824 ;;;*** | |
6825 | |
6826 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
6827 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
6828 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
6829 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
6830 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
26724 | 6831 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) |
25876 | 6832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
6833 | |
6834 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6835 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
6836 | |
6837 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
6838 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6839 not selected. | |
6840 | |
6841 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
6842 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
6843 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6844 | |
6845 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
6846 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
6847 | |
6848 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
6849 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6850 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6851 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6852 | |
6853 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
6854 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6855 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6856 | |
6857 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6858 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6859 | |
6860 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6861 | |
6862 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6863 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6864 | |
6865 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6866 | |
6867 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6868 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
6869 | |
6870 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
6871 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6872 not selected. | |
6873 | |
6874 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6875 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6876 | |
6877 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
6878 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
6879 | |
6880 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
6881 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6882 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6883 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6884 | |
6885 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6886 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6887 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6888 | |
6889 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6890 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6891 | |
6892 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6893 | |
6894 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6895 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6896 | |
6897 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6898 | |
6899 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
6900 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
6901 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
6902 | |
6903 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6904 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6905 | |
6906 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6907 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6908 | |
6909 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
6910 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
6911 | |
6912 ;;;*** | |
6913 | |
28530 | 6914 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
31388 | 6915 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772)) |
28530 | 6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
6917 | |
6918 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
6919 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
6920 | |
6921 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
6922 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
6923 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
6924 | |
6925 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
6926 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
6927 | |
6928 ;;;*** | |
6929 | |
25876 | 6930 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
25998 | 6931 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
6933 | |
6934 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6935 Toggle flow control handling. | |
6936 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
6937 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
6938 | |
6939 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6940 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
6941 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
6942 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
6943 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
6944 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
6945 | |
6946 ;;;*** | |
6947 | |
30565 | 6948 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode |
6949 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
6950 ;;;;;; (14718 57349)) | |
25876 | 6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
6952 | |
30565 | 6953 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
6954 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
6955 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
6956 | |
6957 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
6958 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil) | |
6959 | |
6960 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | |
6961 | |
25876 | 6962 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
6963 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
6964 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
6965 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
6966 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
6967 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
6968 | |
6969 Bindings: | |
6970 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
6971 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
6972 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
6973 | |
6974 Hooks: | |
6975 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
6976 | |
6977 Remark: | |
6978 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
6979 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
6980 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
6981 | |
6982 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
6983 consider adding: | |
6984 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
6985 in your .emacs file. | |
6986 | |
6987 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
6988 | |
6989 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
6990 | |
30565 | 6991 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist)))) |
6992 | |
25876 | 6993 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
6994 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
6995 | |
6996 ;;;*** | |
6997 | |
6998 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
6999 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
27321 | 7000 ;;;;;; (14392 8455)) |
25876 | 7001 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
7002 | |
7003 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7004 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7005 | |
7006 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7007 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7008 | |
7009 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7010 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
7011 | |
7012 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
7013 of two major techniques: | |
7014 | |
7015 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
7016 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
7017 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
7018 | |
7019 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
7020 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
7021 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
7022 movement commands. | |
7023 | |
7024 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
7025 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
7026 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
7027 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
7028 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
7029 mileage may vary). | |
7030 | |
7031 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
7032 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
7033 | |
7034 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
7035 | |
7036 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
7037 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
7038 \(This is the default.) | |
7039 | |
7040 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
7041 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
7042 | |
7043 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
7044 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7045 | |
7046 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
7047 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
7048 | |
7049 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
7050 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
7051 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
7052 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
7053 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
7054 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
7055 | |
7056 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
7057 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
7058 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
7059 | |
7060 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
7061 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
7062 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
7063 | |
7064 ;;;*** | |
7065 | |
7066 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
26899 | 7067 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords |
7068 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" | |
31388 | 7069 ;;;;;; (14745 19696)) |
25876 | 7070 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
7071 | |
7072 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ | |
7073 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
7074 | |
7075 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
7076 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
7077 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
7078 | |
7079 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
7080 | |
7081 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
7082 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
7083 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
7084 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7085 | |
7086 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in | |
7087 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7088 | |
7089 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
7090 | |
7091 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
7092 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
7093 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7094 | |
7095 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
7096 | |
7097 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
7098 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
7099 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
7100 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
7101 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
7102 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
7103 | |
7104 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
7105 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7106 | |
7107 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
7108 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
7109 | |
7110 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
7111 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
7112 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
7113 | |
7114 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
7115 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
7116 | |
7117 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
7118 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
7119 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
7120 | |
7121 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
7122 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
7123 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
7124 | |
7125 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
7126 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
7127 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
7128 | |
7129 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 7130 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7131 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 7132 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
7133 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7134 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
7135 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
7136 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
7137 end of the current highlighting list. | |
7138 | |
7139 For example: | |
7140 | |
7141 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
7142 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
7143 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
7144 | |
7145 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
7146 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
7147 | |
7148 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
7149 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
7150 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
7151 | |
26899 | 7152 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 7153 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7154 | |
7155 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
26963 | 7156 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil) |
26899 | 7157 |
25876 | 7158 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7159 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
7160 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
7161 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
7162 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
7163 | |
7164 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
7165 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil) | |
7166 | |
25998 | 7167 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
7168 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
7169 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
7170 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
7171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
7172 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
7173 | |
7174 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7175 | |
7176 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
7177 | |
25876 | 7178 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 7179 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 7180 |
7181 ;;;*** | |
7182 | |
7183 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
29505 | 7184 ;;;;;; (14652 49270)) |
25876 | 7185 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
7186 | |
7187 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
7188 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
7189 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
7190 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
7191 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
7192 | |
28288 | 7193 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
7194 compatibility. | |
25876 | 7195 |
7196 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
7197 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
7198 | |
7199 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
7200 | |
7201 ;;;*** | |
7202 | |
27949 | 7203 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517 |
7204 ;;;;;; 9680)) | |
26963 | 7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
7206 | |
7207 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
7208 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
7209 \\<message-mode-map> | |
7210 key binding | |
7211 --- ------- | |
7212 | |
7213 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
7214 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
7215 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
7216 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
7217 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
7218 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
7219 " t nil) | |
7220 | |
7221 ;;;*** | |
7222 | |
25876 | 7223 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
26724 | 7224 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
25876 | 7225 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
7226 | |
7227 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
7228 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
7229 | |
7230 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
7231 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
7232 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
7233 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
7234 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
7235 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
7236 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
7237 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
7238 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
7239 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
7240 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
7241 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
7242 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
7243 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
7244 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
7245 " t nil) | |
7246 | |
7247 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
7248 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
7249 | |
7250 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
7251 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
7252 | |
7253 ;;;*** | |
7254 | |
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
30565 | 7256 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14702 57276)) |
25876 | 7257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
7258 | |
7259 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
7260 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
7261 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
7262 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
7263 with a character in column 6.") | |
7264 | |
7265 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
7266 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
7267 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
7268 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
7269 | |
7270 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
7271 Fortran keywords. | |
7272 | |
7273 Key definitions: | |
7274 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
7275 | |
7276 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
7277 | |
7278 `comment-start' | |
30565 | 7279 If you want to use comments starting with `!', |
7280 set this to the string \"!\". | |
25876 | 7281 `fortran-do-indent' |
7282 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
7283 `fortran-if-indent' | |
7284 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
7285 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
7286 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
7287 (default 3) | |
7288 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
7289 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
7290 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
7291 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
7292 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
7293 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
7294 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
7295 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
7296 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7297 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
7298 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
7299 indentation for a line of code. | |
7300 (default 'fixed) | |
7301 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
7302 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
7303 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
7304 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
7305 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
7306 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7307 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
7308 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
7309 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
7310 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
7311 column 5. (default 1) | |
7312 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
7313 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
7314 statements. (default nil) | |
7315 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
7316 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
7317 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
7318 statement. (default nil) | |
7319 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
7320 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
7321 line. (default \"$\") | |
7322 `fortran-comment-region' | |
7323 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
7324 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
7325 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
7326 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
7327 as typed. (default t) | |
7328 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 7329 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 7330 (default t) |
7331 | |
7332 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7333 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7334 | |
7335 ;;;*** | |
7336 | |
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
25998 | 7338 ;;;;;; (13973 3308)) |
25876 | 7339 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7340 | |
7341 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7342 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7343 | |
7344 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
7345 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
7346 | |
7347 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
7348 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
7349 function. | |
7350 | |
7351 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
7352 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
7353 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
7354 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
7355 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively. | |
7356 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
7357 | |
7358 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
7359 Each keyword should be a string. | |
7360 | |
7361 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
7362 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
7363 | |
7364 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist. | |
7365 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
7366 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
7367 | |
7368 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
7369 | |
7370 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
7371 | |
7372 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7373 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
7374 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
7375 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
7376 | |
7377 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
7378 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
7379 | |
7380 ;;;*** | |
7381 | |
27545 | 7382 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
31388 | 7383 ;;;;;; (14746 24126)) |
27545 | 7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
7385 | |
7386 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
7387 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
7388 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
7389 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
7390 | |
7391 ;;;*** | |
7392 | |
25876 | 7393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
27321 | 7394 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411)) |
25876 | 7395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
7396 | |
7397 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7398 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
7399 | |
7400 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7401 Read network news. | |
7402 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7403 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
7404 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7405 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
7406 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
7407 | |
7408 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
7409 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
7410 | |
7411 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
7412 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
7413 | |
7414 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
7415 Read network news. | |
7416 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7417 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7418 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
7419 | |
7420 ;;;*** | |
7421 | |
7422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
7423 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
25998 | 7424 ;;;;;; (14030 49649)) |
25876 | 7425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
7426 | |
7427 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7428 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
7429 | |
7430 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7431 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
7432 | |
7433 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7434 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
7435 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
7436 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
7437 | |
7438 \(gnus-agentize) | |
7439 | |
7440 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
7441 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
7442 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
7443 | |
7444 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7445 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
7446 | |
7447 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
7448 | |
7449 ;;;*** | |
7450 | |
7451 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
27321 | 7452 ;;;;;; (14030 49288)) |
25876 | 7453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
7454 | |
7455 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
7456 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil) | |
7457 | |
7458 ;;;*** | |
7459 | |
7460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
7461 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030 | |
27321 | 7462 ;;;;;; 49293)) |
25876 | 7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
7464 | |
7465 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7466 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
7467 | |
7468 Usage: | |
7469 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
7470 | |
7471 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7472 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
7473 | |
7474 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7475 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
7476 | |
7477 ;;;*** | |
7478 | |
7479 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
25998 | 7480 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552)) |
25876 | 7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
7482 | |
7483 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7484 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
7485 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
7486 | |
7487 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7488 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
7489 | |
7490 ;;;*** | |
7491 | |
7492 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
27321 | 7493 ;;;;;; (14030 49328)) |
25876 | 7494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
7495 | |
7496 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
7497 | |
7498 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
7499 Run batched scoring. | |
7500 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
7501 | |
7502 ;;;*** | |
7503 | |
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
27321 | 7505 ;;;;;; (14030 49334)) |
25876 | 7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
7507 | |
7508 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
7509 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
7510 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
7511 | |
7512 ;;;*** | |
7513 | |
7514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" | |
25998 | 7515 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540)) |
25876 | 7516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
7517 | |
7518 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7519 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
7520 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
7521 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as | |
7522 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil) | |
7523 | |
7524 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7525 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil) | |
7526 | |
7527 ;;;*** | |
7528 | |
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
27321 | 7530 ;;;;;; (14030 49357)) |
25876 | 7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
7532 | |
7533 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
7534 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
7535 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
7536 for matching on group names. | |
7537 | |
7538 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
7539 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
7540 | |
7541 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
7542 | |
7543 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
7544 | |
7545 ;;;*** | |
7546 | |
7547 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
27321 | 7548 ;;;;;; (14030 49359)) |
25876 | 7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
7550 | |
7551 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
7552 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
7553 | |
7554 ;;;*** | |
7555 | |
7556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
26724 | 7557 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937)) |
25876 | 7558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
7559 | |
7560 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7561 Unload all Gnus features." t nil) | |
7562 | |
7563 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7564 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
7565 | |
7566 ;;;*** | |
7567 | |
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
27321 | 7569 ;;;;;; (14030 49407)) |
25876 | 7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
7571 | |
7572 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
7573 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
7574 | |
7575 ;;;*** | |
7576 | |
30565 | 7577 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008)) |
25876 | 7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
7579 | |
7580 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
7581 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
7582 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
7583 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
7584 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
7585 | |
7586 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
7587 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
7588 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
7589 | |
7590 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
7591 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
7592 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
7593 | |
7594 ;;;*** | |
7595 | |
7596 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
31388 | 7597 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775)) |
28212 | 7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
25876 | 7599 |
7600 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7601 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
7602 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
7603 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7604 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
7605 | |
7606 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7607 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
7608 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
7609 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7610 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
7611 | |
7612 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7613 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
7614 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
7615 or to send e-mail. | |
7616 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
7617 | |
7618 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
7619 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
7620 | |
7621 ;;;*** | |
7622 | |
25998 | 7623 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
25876 | 7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
7625 | |
7626 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
7627 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
7628 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
7629 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
7630 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
7631 | |
7632 ;;;*** | |
7633 | |
7634 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
31388 | 7635 ;;;;;; (14750 26818)) |
25876 | 7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
7637 | |
7638 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
7639 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7640 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7641 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7642 | |
7643 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
7644 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7645 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7646 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7647 | |
7648 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
7649 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7650 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7651 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7652 | |
7653 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
7654 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7655 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7656 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
7657 | |
7658 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
7659 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
7660 | |
7661 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
7662 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7663 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7664 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7665 | |
7666 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
7667 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
7668 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7669 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7670 | |
7671 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
7672 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
7673 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
7674 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
7675 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
7676 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
7677 | |
7678 ;;;*** | |
7679 | |
29505 | 7680 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638 |
7681 ;;;;;; 40782)) | |
25876 | 7682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
7683 | |
7684 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
7685 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
7686 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
7687 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
7688 | |
7689 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
7690 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
7691 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
7692 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
7693 | |
7694 ;;;*** | |
7695 | |
25998 | 7696 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
28162 | 7697 ;;;;;; (14539 53714)) |
25876 | 7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
7699 | |
7700 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 7701 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
7702 | |
7703 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
7704 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
7705 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
7706 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
7707 | |
7708 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
7709 | |
7710 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
7711 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
7712 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
7713 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
7714 to be updated." t nil) | |
7715 | |
7716 ;;;*** | |
7717 | |
7718 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
7719 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 7720 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
7721 | |
7722 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
7723 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
7724 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
7725 and window listing and describing the options. | |
7726 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
7727 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
7728 | |
7729 ;;;*** | |
7730 | |
7731 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
27949 | 7732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602)) |
25876 | 7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
7734 | |
7735 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
7736 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
7737 | |
7738 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
7739 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
7740 | |
7741 ;;;*** | |
7742 | |
7743 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
28710 | 7744 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862)) |
25876 | 7745 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
7746 | |
7747 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 7748 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
7749 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
7750 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
7751 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 7752 |
7753 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
7754 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
7755 | |
7756 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
7757 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
7758 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
7759 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
7760 | |
7761 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
7762 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
7763 periods. | |
7764 | |
7765 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
7766 in hexl format. | |
7767 | |
7768 A sample format: | |
7769 | |
7770 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
7771 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
7772 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
7773 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
7774 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
7775 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
7776 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
7777 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
7778 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
7779 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
7780 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
7781 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
7782 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
7783 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
7784 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
7785 | |
7786 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
7787 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
7788 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
7789 | |
7790 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
7791 also supported. | |
7792 | |
7793 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
7794 | |
7795 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
7796 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
7797 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
7798 | |
7799 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
7800 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
7801 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
7802 | |
7803 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
7804 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7805 | |
7806 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
7807 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7808 | |
7809 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
7810 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7811 | |
7812 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
7813 | |
7814 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
7815 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
7816 | |
25998 | 7817 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 7818 |
7819 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
7820 | |
7821 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
7822 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
7823 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
7824 | |
7825 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
7826 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
7827 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
7828 | |
7829 ;;;*** | |
7830 | |
30565 | 7831 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
7832 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode | |
31388 | 7833 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14747 44772)) |
30565 | 7834 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
7835 | |
7836 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces)) | |
7837 | |
7838 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
7839 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
7840 | |
7841 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7842 | |
7843 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock)) | |
7844 | |
7845 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
7846 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
7847 | |
7848 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
7849 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\" | |
7850 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, | |
7851 which can be called interactively, are: | |
7852 | |
7853 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
7854 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
7855 | |
7856 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
7857 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
7858 | |
7859 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
7860 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
7861 | |
7862 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
7863 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
7864 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
7865 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
7866 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
7867 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
7868 | |
7869 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
7870 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
7871 | |
7872 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
7873 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
7874 Hi-lock: FOO | |
7875 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
7876 already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
7877 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
7878 will be read until | |
7879 Hi-lock: end | |
7880 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil) | |
7881 | |
7882 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
7883 | |
7884 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
7885 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE. | |
7886 | |
7887 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
7888 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
7889 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
7890 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
7891 | |
7892 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
7893 | |
7894 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
7895 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE. | |
7896 | |
7897 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
7898 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
7899 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
7900 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
7901 | |
7902 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) | |
7903 | |
7904 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
7905 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock. | |
7906 | |
7907 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
7908 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
31388 | 7909 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
30565 | 7910 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
7911 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil) | |
7912 | |
7913 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
7914 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
7915 | |
7916 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
7917 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
7918 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil) | |
7919 | |
7920 ;;;*** | |
7921 | |
25876 | 7922 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
31388 | 7923 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 13974)) |
25876 | 7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
7925 | |
25998 | 7926 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
7927 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
7928 | |
25876 | 7929 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
7930 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
7931 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
7932 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
7933 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
7934 how the hiding is done: | |
7935 | |
7936 hide-ifdef-env | |
7937 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
7938 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7939 is used. | |
7940 | |
7941 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
7942 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
7943 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7944 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7945 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
7946 | |
7947 hide-ifdef-lines | |
7948 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
7949 #endif lines when hiding. | |
7950 | |
7951 hide-ifdef-initially | |
7952 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
7953 is activated. | |
7954 | |
7955 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
7956 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
7957 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
7958 | |
7959 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7960 | |
7961 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
7962 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
7963 | |
7964 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
7965 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
7966 | |
7967 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
7968 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
7969 | |
7970 ;;;*** | |
7971 | |
27016 | 7972 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
30565 | 7973 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14716 16655)) |
25876 | 7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
7975 | |
7976 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 7977 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
7978 | |
7979 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 7980 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 7981 Each element has the form |
25876 | 7982 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 7983 |
7984 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
7985 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
7986 | |
7987 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
7988 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
7989 | |
7990 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
7991 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
7992 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
7993 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
7994 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
7995 | |
7996 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
7997 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
7998 | |
7999 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
8000 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
8001 | |
8002 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
8003 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
8004 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 8005 |
8006 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
8007 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
8008 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
8009 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
8010 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
8011 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
8012 | |
8013 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
27016 | 8014 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also |
8015 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. | |
25876 | 8016 |
8017 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
8018 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
8019 | |
27949 | 8020 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
8021 | |
25876 | 8022 Key bindings: |
8023 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8024 | |
8025 ;;;*** | |
8026 | |
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
8028 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
8029 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
31388 | 8030 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 31723)) |
25876 | 8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
8032 | |
25998 | 8033 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
8034 | |
25876 | 8035 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
31388 | 8036 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
25876 | 8037 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) |
8038 | |
8039 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8040 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
8041 | |
31388 | 8042 Without an argument: |
8043 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
8044 or passive state as determined by the variable | |
8045 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
8046 and passive state. | |
8047 | |
8048 With an argument ARG: | |
8049 If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
8050 If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
8051 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
8052 | |
8053 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
25876 | 8054 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
8055 not displayed in a different face. | |
8056 | |
8057 Functions: | |
8058 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
8059 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
8060 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
8061 buffer with the contents of a file | |
8062 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
8063 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
8064 various faces. | |
8065 | |
8066 Hook variables: | |
31388 | 8067 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
8068 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
8069 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
25876 | 8070 |
8071 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8072 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8073 | |
8074 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8075 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8076 | |
8077 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8078 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
8079 | |
31388 | 8080 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
8081 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
25876 | 8082 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
8083 shown in the last face in the list. | |
8084 | |
8085 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
31388 | 8086 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
25876 | 8087 buffer to be saved): |
31388 | 8088 |
8089 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil) | |
25876 | 8090 |
8091 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8092 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
8093 | |
8094 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
31388 | 8095 and must not be read-only. |
8096 | |
8097 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | |
8098 this function is called interactively. | |
8099 | |
8100 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | |
8101 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
8102 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
8103 | |
8104 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
8105 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
25876 | 8106 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) |
8107 | |
8108 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8109 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
8110 | |
8111 When called interactively: | |
8112 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
8113 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
8114 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
8115 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
8116 | |
8117 When called from a program: | |
8118 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
31388 | 8119 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
8120 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
25876 | 8121 - otherwise just turn it on |
8122 | |
8123 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
8124 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
8125 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
31388 | 8126 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) |
25876 | 8127 |
8128 ;;;*** | |
8129 | |
8130 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
8131 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
8132 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 8133 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
31388 | 8134 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398)) |
25876 | 8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
8136 | |
8137 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
8138 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
8139 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
8140 or insert functions in this list.") | |
8141 | |
8142 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
8143 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
8144 | |
8145 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
8146 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
8147 | |
8148 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
8149 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
8150 | |
8151 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
8152 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
8153 | |
8154 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
8155 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
8156 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
8157 | |
8158 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
8159 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
8160 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8161 \(as atoms)") | |
8162 | |
8163 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
8164 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
8165 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8166 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
8167 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
8168 | |
8169 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8170 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
8171 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
8172 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
8173 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
8174 expansions. | |
8175 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
8176 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
8177 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
8178 | |
8179 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8180 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
8181 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
8182 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
8183 | |
8184 ;;;*** | |
8185 | |
30565 | 8186 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14709 28151)) |
25998 | 8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
8188 | |
30565 | 8189 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ |
8190 Toggle Hl-Line mode. | |
8191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8192 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.") | |
8193 | |
8194 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8195 | |
8196 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
8197 | |
25998 | 8198 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ |
27321 | 8199 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 8200 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
8201 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
8202 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
8203 | |
8204 ;;;*** | |
8205 | |
25876 | 8206 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
8207 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
8208 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
8209 | |
8210 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
8211 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
8212 | |
8213 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
8214 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
8215 | |
8216 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
8217 | |
8218 ;;;*** | |
8219 | |
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
30565 | 8221 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520)) |
25876 | 8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
8223 | |
8224 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 8225 This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
25876 | 8226 |
8227 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 8228 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 8229 |
8230 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 8231 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 8232 |
8233 ;;;*** | |
8234 | |
8235 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
29505 | 8236 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704)) |
25876 | 8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
8238 | |
8239 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
8240 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
8241 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
8242 | |
8243 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
8244 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
8245 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
8246 | |
8247 ;;;*** | |
8248 | |
31388 | 8249 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14748 53301)) |
25876 | 8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
8251 | |
8252 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
8253 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
8254 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
8255 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
8256 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
8257 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
8258 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
8259 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
8260 icon-tab-always-indent | |
8261 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
8262 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
8263 icon-auto-newline | |
8264 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
8265 inserted in Icon code. | |
8266 icon-indent-level | |
8267 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
8268 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
8269 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
8270 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
8271 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
8272 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
8273 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
8274 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
8275 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
8276 icon-brace-offset | |
8277 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
8278 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
8279 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
8280 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
8281 | |
8282 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
8283 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
8284 | |
8285 ;;;*** | |
8286 | |
27321 | 8287 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
31388 | 8288 ;;;;;; (14735 57460)) |
27321 | 8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
8290 | |
8291 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
8292 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
8293 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
8294 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
8295 | |
8296 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
8297 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
8298 separate frames. | |
8299 | |
8300 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
8301 | |
8302 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
8303 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
8304 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
8305 | |
8306 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8307 | |
8308 ;;;*** | |
8309 | |
27016 | 8310 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
30565 | 8311 ;;;;;; (14671 47574)) |
27016 | 8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
8313 | |
8314 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
8315 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
8316 | |
8317 The main features of this mode are | |
8318 | |
8319 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
8320 -------------------------- | |
8321 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
8322 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
8323 | |
8324 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
8325 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
8326 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
8327 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
8328 | |
8329 Comments are indented as follows: | |
8330 | |
8331 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
8332 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
8333 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
8334 | |
8335 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
8336 | |
8337 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
8338 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
8339 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
8340 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
8341 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
8342 | |
8343 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
8344 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
8345 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
8346 | |
8347 2. Routine Info | |
8348 ------------ | |
8349 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
8350 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
8351 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
8352 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
8353 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
8354 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
30565 | 8355 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
8356 | |
8357 3. Online IDL Help | |
8358 --------------- | |
8359 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
8360 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
8361 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
8362 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
8363 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
8364 | |
8365 4. Completion | |
27016 | 8366 ---------- |
30565 | 8367 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
8368 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
8369 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
8370 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
8371 mixed or upper case. | |
8372 | |
8373 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
27016 | 8374 -------------------------------- |
8375 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
8376 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
8377 | |
8378 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
8379 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
8380 \\c CASE statement template | |
8381 \\f FOR loop template | |
8382 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
8383 \\w WHILE loop template | |
8384 \\i IF statement template | |
8385 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
8386 \\b BEGIN | |
8387 | |
8388 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
8389 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
8390 | |
8391 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
8392 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
8393 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
8394 | |
30565 | 8395 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
27016 | 8396 ------------------------- |
8397 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
8398 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
8399 | |
30565 | 8400 7. Automatic END completion |
27016 | 8401 ------------------------ |
8402 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
8403 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
8404 | |
30565 | 8405 8. Hooks |
27016 | 8406 ----- |
8407 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
8408 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
8409 | |
30565 | 8410 9. Documentation and Customization |
27016 | 8411 ------------------------------- |
8412 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
8413 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
8414 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
8415 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
8416 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
8417 | |
30565 | 8418 10.Keybindings |
27016 | 8419 ----------- |
8420 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
8421 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
8422 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
8423 | |
8424 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8425 | |
8426 ;;;*** | |
8427 | |
31388 | 8428 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14736 1145)) |
25876 | 8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
8430 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
8431 | |
8432 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
8433 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
8434 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
8435 | |
8436 ;;;*** | |
8437 | |
28724 | 8438 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
8439 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
31388 | 8440 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14750 26818)) |
25876 | 8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
8442 | |
27321 | 8443 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
8444 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
8445 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
8446 be determined." nil nil) | |
8447 | |
25876 | 8448 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
8449 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
8450 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
8451 be determined." nil nil) | |
8452 | |
8453 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
8454 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
8455 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
8456 | |
8457 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 8458 Create an image. |
8459 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 8460 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 8461 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
8462 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
8463 use its file extension.as image type. | |
8464 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. | |
25876 | 8465 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
8466 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'. | |
8467 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) | |
8468 | |
8469 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 8470 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 8471 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 8472 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
8473 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
29505 | 8474 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
25876 | 8475 POS may be an integer or marker. |
8476 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
8477 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8478 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 8479 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 8480 |
8481 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
8482 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 8483 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
29505 | 8484 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
8485 defaulted if you omit it. | |
25876 | 8486 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
8487 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8488 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 8489 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 8490 |
8491 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
8492 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
8493 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
8494 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
8495 | |
28724 | 8496 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
8497 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
8498 | |
29505 | 8499 SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
28724 | 8500 |
8501 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8502 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
8503 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
8504 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8505 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
29505 | 8506 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
8507 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
8508 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
8509 satisfied. | |
8510 | |
8511 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
28724 | 8512 |
25876 | 8513 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
8514 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
8515 | |
8516 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
8517 documentation string. | |
8518 | |
8519 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8520 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 8521 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
8522 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8523 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
8524 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
8525 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
8526 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 8527 |
8528 Example: | |
8529 | |
8530 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
8531 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
8532 | |
8533 ;;;*** | |
8534 | |
8535 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
30565 | 8536 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14659 22945)) |
25876 | 8537 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
8538 | |
8539 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
8540 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
8541 | |
8542 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
8543 | |
8544 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
8545 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
8546 in the buffer. | |
8547 | |
8548 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
8549 | |
8550 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
8551 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
8552 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
8553 | |
8554 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
8555 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8556 | |
8557 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
8558 to create a buffer index. | |
8559 | |
8560 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
8561 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
8562 or like this: | |
8563 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
8564 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
8565 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
30565 | 8566 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
8567 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
25876 | 8568 |
8569 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
8570 entries are not nested. | |
8571 | |
8572 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
8573 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
8574 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
8575 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
8576 | |
8577 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
8578 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
8579 | |
8580 The variable is buffer-local. | |
8581 | |
8582 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
8583 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
8584 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
8585 | |
8586 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
8587 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
8588 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
8589 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
8590 | |
8591 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
8592 | |
8593 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
8594 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8595 | |
8596 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
8597 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
8598 | |
8599 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
8600 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
8601 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
8602 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
8603 if it is a sub-alist. | |
8604 | |
8605 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
8606 | |
8607 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
8608 | |
8609 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
8610 | |
8611 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
8612 Function for finding the next index position. | |
8613 | |
8614 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
8615 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
8616 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
8617 file. | |
8618 | |
8619 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
8620 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
8621 | |
8622 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8623 | |
8624 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
8625 | |
8626 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
8627 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
8628 | |
8629 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
8630 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
8631 It should return the name for that index item. | |
8632 | |
8633 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8634 | |
8635 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
8636 | |
25998 | 8637 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
8638 Function to compare string with index item. | |
8639 | |
8640 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
8641 non-nil if they match. | |
8642 | |
8643 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
8644 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
8645 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
8646 arguments match\". | |
8647 | |
8648 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8649 | |
8650 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
8651 | |
25876 | 8652 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
8653 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
8654 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
8655 | |
8656 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
8657 | |
8658 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
8659 | |
8660 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
8661 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8662 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
8663 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
8664 | |
8665 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
8666 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8667 | |
8668 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
8669 | |
8670 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
8671 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
8672 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
8673 for more information." t nil) | |
8674 | |
8675 ;;;*** | |
8676 | |
25998 | 8677 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
31388 | 8678 ;;;;;; (14735 57460)) |
25998 | 8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
25876 | 8680 |
8681 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
8682 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
8683 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
8684 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
8685 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
8686 | |
8687 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
8688 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8689 | |
8690 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
8691 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
8692 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
8693 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
8694 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
8695 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
8696 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
8697 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
8698 | |
8699 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
8700 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
8701 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
8702 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
8703 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
8704 | |
31388 | 8705 This variable is only used if the variable |
8706 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
8707 | |
25876 | 8708 More precise choices: |
8709 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
8710 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
8711 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
8712 | |
8713 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
8714 | |
8715 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
8716 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8717 | |
8718 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
8719 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
8720 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
8721 to that buffer. | |
8722 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
8723 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
8724 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
8725 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8726 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
8727 | |
8728 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
8729 | |
8730 ;;;*** | |
8731 | |
8732 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
28710 | 8733 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
31388 | 8734 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14768 46217)) |
25876 | 8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
8736 | |
8737 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
8738 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
8739 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
8740 | |
8741 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
8742 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
8743 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
8744 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 8745 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
8746 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 8747 |
8748 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
8749 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
8750 | |
8751 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
29505 | 8752 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
25876 | 8753 in all the directories in that path." t nil) |
8754 | |
8755 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
8756 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
8757 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
8758 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
8759 | |
28710 | 8760 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
8761 Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
8762 | |
25876 | 8763 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
8764 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
8765 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
8766 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
8767 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
8768 | |
8769 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
8770 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
30565 | 8771 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
25876 | 8772 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index |
8773 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
8774 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
8775 | |
8776 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
8777 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
8778 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
8779 | |
8780 ;;;*** | |
8781 | |
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
8783 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
30565 | 8784 ;;;;;; (14710 63985)) |
25876 | 8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
8786 | |
8787 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
8788 Throw away all cached data. | |
8789 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
8790 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
8791 system." t nil) | |
8792 | |
8793 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
8794 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
8795 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
8796 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
8797 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 8798 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
8799 | |
8800 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 8801 |
8802 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
8803 Display the documentation of a file. | |
8804 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
8805 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
8806 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 8807 The default file name is the one found at point. |
8808 | |
8809 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 8810 |
8811 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
8812 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
8813 | |
8814 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
8815 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
8816 | |
8817 ;;;*** | |
8818 | |
8819 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 8820 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
8822 | |
8823 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
8824 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
8825 | |
8826 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
8827 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
8828 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
8829 | |
8830 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
8831 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
8832 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
8833 | |
8834 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
8835 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
8836 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
8837 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
8838 | |
8839 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
8840 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
8841 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
8842 | |
8843 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
8844 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
8845 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
8846 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
8847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
8848 | |
8849 ;;;*** | |
8850 | |
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
8852 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
30565 | 8853 ;;;;;; (14669 64271)) |
25876 | 8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
8855 | |
8856 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
8857 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
8858 | |
8859 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
8860 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
8861 | |
8862 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
8863 | |
8864 ;;;*** | |
8865 | |
8866 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
27321 | 8867 ;;;;;; (14388 10886)) |
25876 | 8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
8869 | |
8870 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
8871 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
8872 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
8873 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
8874 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
8875 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
8876 | |
8877 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
8878 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
8879 | |
8880 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
8881 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
8882 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
8883 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
8884 /a gives a with ring. | |
8885 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
8886 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
8887 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
8888 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
8889 | |
8890 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
8891 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
8892 | |
8893 ;;;*** | |
8894 | |
8895 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
28523 | 8896 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
8897 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
8898 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908)) | |
25876 | 8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
8900 | |
8901 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8902 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
8903 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8905 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8906 | |
8907 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8908 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
8909 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8910 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8911 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8912 | |
8913 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8914 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
8915 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8917 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8918 | |
8919 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8920 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8921 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8923 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8924 | |
8925 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8926 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8927 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8929 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8930 | |
8931 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8932 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8933 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8935 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8936 | |
8937 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8938 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8939 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8941 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8942 | |
28523 | 8943 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
8944 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
8945 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
8946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8947 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8948 | |
8949 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8950 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8951 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
8952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8953 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8954 | |
25876 | 8955 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
8956 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
8957 | |
8958 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8959 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
8960 | |
8961 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8962 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
8963 | |
8964 ;;;*** | |
8965 | |
8966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
30565 | 8967 ;;;;;; (14716 1570)) |
25876 | 8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
8969 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
8970 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
8971 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
8972 | |
8973 ;;;*** | |
8974 | |
30565 | 8975 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
25876 | 8976 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
8977 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
8978 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 8979 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
31388 | 8980 ;;;;;; (14750 26861)) |
25998 | 8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 8982 |
28710 | 8983 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 8984 Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
8985 | |
28710 | 8986 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 8987 Non nil if using emacs version 18.") |
8988 | |
28710 | 8989 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 8990 Non nil if using emacs version 20.") |
8991 | |
25876 | 8992 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
8993 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
8994 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
8995 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
8996 | |
8997 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
8998 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
8999 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
9000 | |
31388 | 9001 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 9002 |
9003 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
9004 | |
31388 | 9005 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
9006 | |
9007 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
25876 | 9008 |
9009 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
9010 | |
31388 | 9011 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 9012 |
9013 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
9014 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
9015 | |
9016 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
9017 | |
9018 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
9019 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
9020 | |
9021 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
9022 nil means the default dictionary. | |
9023 | |
9024 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
9025 word. | |
9026 | |
9027 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
9028 | |
9029 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
9030 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
9031 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
9032 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
9033 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
9034 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
9035 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
9036 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
9037 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
9038 | |
9039 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
9040 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
9041 single word. | |
9042 | |
9043 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
9044 subprocess. | |
9045 | |
9046 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
9047 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
9048 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
9049 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
9050 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
9051 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
9052 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
9053 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
9054 | |
9055 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
9056 | |
9057 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
9058 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
9059 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
9060 | |
9061 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
9062 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
9063 | |
9064 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
9065 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
9066 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
9067 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
9068 | |
28710 | 9069 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
9070 | |
9071 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) | |
9072 | |
9073 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
9074 | |
31388 | 9075 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) |
9076 | |
9077 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
9078 | |
9079 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | |
25876 | 9080 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
9081 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
9082 Valid forms include: | |
9083 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
9084 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
9085 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
9086 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
9087 | |
31388 | 9088 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
25876 | 9089 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
9090 First list is used raw. | |
9091 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
9092 | |
9093 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
9094 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
9095 | |
9096 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
9097 | |
9098 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9099 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
9100 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
9101 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
9102 | |
9103 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
9104 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
9105 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
9106 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
9107 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
9108 | |
9109 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
9110 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
9111 | |
9112 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
9113 | |
9114 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 9115 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
9116 | |
9117 return values: | |
9118 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
9119 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
9120 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
9121 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
9122 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 9123 |
9124 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
9125 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
9126 | |
9127 Selections are: | |
9128 | |
9129 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
9130 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
9131 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
9132 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
9133 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
9134 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
9135 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
9136 `?': Show these commands. | |
9137 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
9138 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
9139 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
9140 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
9141 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
9142 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
9143 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
9144 `C-l': redraws screen | |
9145 `C-r': recursive edit | |
9146 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
9147 | |
9148 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
9149 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
9150 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
9151 | |
9152 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
9153 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
9154 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
9155 | |
9156 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
9157 | |
9158 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
9159 | |
9160 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
9161 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 9162 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
9163 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 9164 |
9165 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
9166 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
9167 | |
9168 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
9169 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
9170 | |
9171 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
9172 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
9173 | |
9174 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9175 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
9176 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
9177 sequence inside of a word. | |
9178 | |
9179 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
9180 | |
9181 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
9182 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
9183 | |
30565 | 9184 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
9185 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
31388 | 9186 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
30565 | 9187 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil) |
9188 | |
25876 | 9189 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
9190 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
9191 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
31388 | 9192 |
25876 | 9193 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
9194 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
9195 | |
9196 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
9197 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
9198 | |
9199 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
9200 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
9201 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
9202 Don't check included messages. | |
9203 | |
9204 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
9205 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
9206 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
9207 | |
9208 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
9209 in your .emacs file: | |
9210 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
9211 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
9212 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
9213 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
9214 | |
9215 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
9216 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
9217 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
9218 | |
9219 ;;;*** | |
9220 | |
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
9222 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
30565 | 9223 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14727 65181)) |
25876 | 9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
9225 | |
9226 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9227 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
9228 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
9229 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
9230 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
9231 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
9232 | |
9233 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9234 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
9235 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
9236 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil) | |
9237 | |
9238 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9239 Switch to another buffer. | |
9240 | |
9241 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
9242 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
9243 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
9244 in another frame. | |
9245 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9246 | |
9247 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9248 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
9249 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9250 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9251 | |
9252 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9253 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
9254 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9255 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9256 | |
9257 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9258 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
9259 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9260 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9261 | |
9262 ;;;*** | |
9263 | |
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
9265 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
28919 | 9266 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
30565 | 9267 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200)) |
25876 | 9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
9269 | |
9270 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
9271 | |
9272 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
9273 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
9274 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9275 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
9276 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
9277 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
9278 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
9279 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
9280 | |
9281 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
9282 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
9283 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9284 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
9285 | |
9286 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
9287 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
9288 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9289 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
9290 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
9291 | |
9292 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
9293 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
9294 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9295 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
9296 | |
9297 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9298 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
9299 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
9300 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
9301 | |
9302 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9303 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
9304 | |
9305 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9306 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
9307 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
9308 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
9309 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
9310 | |
9311 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9312 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
9313 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
9314 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
9315 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
9316 | |
9317 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
9318 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
9319 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
9320 | |
9321 ;;;*** | |
9322 | |
30565 | 9323 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14672 |
9324 ;;;;;; 33974)) | |
25876 | 9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
9326 | |
9327 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\ | |
9328 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode. | |
30565 | 9329 Turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if ARG is non-nil. |
25876 | 9330 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'. |
9331 | |
9332 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the | |
9333 following ways: | |
9334 | |
9335 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code. | |
9336 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur. | |
9337 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling | |
9338 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is | |
9339 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. | |
9340 | |
9341 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
9342 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
9343 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
9344 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
9345 | |
9346 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is | |
9347 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to | |
9348 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs | |
9349 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs | |
9350 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified | |
9351 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where | |
9352 strings or comments span lines. | |
9353 | |
9354 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
9355 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
9356 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
30565 | 9357 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." nil nil) |
25876 | 9358 |
9359 ;;;*** | |
9360 | |
25998 | 9361 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" |
28523 | 9362 ;;;;;; (14568 39747)) |
25876 | 9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 9364 |
9365 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
9366 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
9367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9368 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
9369 | |
9370 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9371 | |
9372 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
25876 | 9373 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg) |
9374 "\ | |
9375 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
9376 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
9377 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." | |
9378 (interactive "P") | |
9379 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p)) | |
9380 (progn | |
9381 (require 'jka-compr) | |
9382 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off. | |
9383 (toggle-auto-compression))) | |
9384 (toggle-auto-compression arg t)) | |
9385 | |
9386 ;;;*** | |
9387 | |
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 9389 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
9391 | |
9392 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
9393 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
9394 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
9395 | |
9396 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
9397 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
9398 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
9399 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
9400 shorter. | |
9401 | |
9402 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
9403 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
9404 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
9405 | |
9406 ;;;*** | |
9407 | |
31388 | 9408 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762 |
9409 ;;;;;; 12604)) | |
25876 | 9410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
9411 | |
30565 | 9412 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
9413 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
9414 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
9415 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
9416 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
9417 positions that contains the current selection.") | |
9418 | |
25876 | 9419 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
9420 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
9421 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
9422 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
9423 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
9424 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
9425 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
9426 | |
9427 ;;;*** | |
9428 | |
28919 | 9429 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
9430 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
9432 | |
25998 | 9433 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 9434 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
9435 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
9436 | |
9437 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
9438 | |
9439 ;;;*** | |
9440 | |
9441 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
31388 | 9442 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
9444 | |
9445 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
9446 | |
9447 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
9448 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
9449 | |
9450 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
9451 | |
9452 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
9453 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
9454 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
9455 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
9456 | |
9457 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
9458 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9459 none / 1 | yes | no | |
9460 2 | yes | yes | |
9461 3 | no | yes | |
9462 4 | no | no | |
9463 | |
9464 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
9465 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
9466 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
9467 | |
9468 ;;;*** | |
9469 | |
28919 | 9470 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
9471 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | |
29505 | 9472 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047)) |
25876 | 9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
9474 | |
26899 | 9475 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
9476 | |
9477 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
9478 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
9479 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
9480 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
9481 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
9482 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
9483 | |
9484 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
9485 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
9486 | |
9487 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
9488 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
9489 | |
9490 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
9491 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
9492 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
9493 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
9494 to compose. | |
9495 | |
9496 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
9497 | |
28919 | 9498 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
9499 | |
25876 | 9500 ;;;*** |
9501 | |
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
27545 | 9503 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
9505 | |
9506 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
9507 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
9508 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
9509 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
9510 | |
9511 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
9512 | |
9513 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
9514 | |
9515 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
9516 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
9517 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
9518 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
9519 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
9520 for large buffers. | |
9521 | |
9522 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
9523 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
9524 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
9525 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
9526 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
9527 | |
9528 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
9529 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
9530 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
9531 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
9532 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
9533 | |
9534 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
9535 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
9536 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
9537 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
9538 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
9539 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
9540 | |
9541 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
9542 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
9543 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
9544 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
9545 | |
9546 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
9547 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
9548 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
9549 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
9550 | |
9551 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
9552 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
9553 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
9554 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
9555 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
9556 | |
9557 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
9558 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
9559 | |
9560 ;;;*** | |
9561 | |
9562 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
25998 | 9563 ;;;;;; (14280 10549)) |
25876 | 9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
9565 | |
9566 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
9567 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
9568 | |
9569 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
9570 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
9571 | |
9572 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
9573 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
9574 | |
9575 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
9576 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
9577 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
9578 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
9579 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
9580 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
9581 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
9582 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
9583 and transmit saved text. | |
9584 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
9585 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
9586 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
9587 | |
9588 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
9589 | |
9590 ;;;*** | |
9591 | |
25998 | 9592 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 9593 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
9594 | |
9595 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
9596 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
9597 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
9598 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
9599 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
9600 | |
9601 ;;;*** | |
9602 | |
31388 | 9603 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14747 |
9604 ;;;;;; 44772)) | |
25876 | 9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
9606 | |
9607 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
9608 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
29505 | 9609 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
25876 | 9610 is nil, raise an error." t nil) |
9611 | |
9612 ;;;*** | |
9613 | |
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
31388 | 9615 ;;;;;; (14763 31121)) |
25876 | 9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
9617 | |
9618 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9619 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9620 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 9621 |
9622 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 9623 Run the locate command with a filter. |
9624 | |
9625 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
9626 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 9627 |
9628 ;;;*** | |
9629 | |
29505 | 9630 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595)) |
28162 | 9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
9632 | |
9633 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
9634 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
9635 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. | |
9636 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. | |
9637 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
9638 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
9639 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
9640 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil) | |
9641 | |
9642 ;;;*** | |
9643 | |
29505 | 9644 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631 |
9645 ;;;;;; 42770)) | |
28162 | 9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
9647 | |
9648 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
28288 | 9649 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
28162 | 9650 |
9651 ;;;*** | |
9652 | |
25876 | 9653 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
30565 | 9654 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14692 |
9655 ;;;;;; 45304)) | |
25876 | 9656 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
9657 | |
9658 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
9659 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
9660 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
9661 | |
9662 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
9663 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
9664 | |
9665 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
9666 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
9667 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
9668 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
9669 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
9670 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
9671 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
9672 | |
9673 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
9674 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
9675 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
9676 switch on this list. | |
9677 See `lpr-command'.") | |
9678 | |
9679 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
9680 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
9681 | |
9682 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
9683 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
9684 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
9685 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
9686 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
9687 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
9688 argument.") | |
9689 | |
9690 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9691 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
9692 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9693 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9694 |
9695 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 9696 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 9697 |
9698 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9699 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9700 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9701 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9702 | |
9703 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9704 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9705 | |
9706 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9707 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9708 |
9709 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9710 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
9711 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9712 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9713 |
9714 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9715 Paginate and print the region contents. |
9716 | |
9717 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9718 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9719 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9720 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9721 | |
9722 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9723 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9724 | |
9725 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9726 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9727 |
9728 ;;;*** | |
9729 | |
26963 | 9730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316)) |
25876 | 9731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
9732 | |
9733 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
9734 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
9735 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
9736 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
9737 package is used.") | |
9738 | |
9739 ;;;*** | |
9740 | |
9741 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
9742 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
9743 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
9744 | |
9745 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
9746 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
9747 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
9748 | |
9749 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
9750 | |
9751 ;;;*** | |
9752 | |
30565 | 9753 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717 |
9754 ;;;;;; 60217)) | |
25876 | 9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
9756 | |
9757 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
9758 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
9759 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
9760 " t nil) | |
9761 | |
9762 ;;;*** | |
9763 | |
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
25998 | 9765 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
25876 | 9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
9767 | |
9768 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
9769 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
9770 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
9771 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
9772 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
9773 | |
9774 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
9775 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
9776 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
9777 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
9778 | |
9779 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
9780 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
9781 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
9782 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
9783 bindings. | |
9784 | |
9785 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
9786 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
9787 | |
9788 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
9789 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
9790 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
9791 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
9792 each time the macro executes. | |
9793 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
9794 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
9795 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
9796 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
9797 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
9798 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
9799 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
9800 | |
9801 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
9802 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
9803 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
9804 | |
9805 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
9806 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
9807 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
9808 execute. | |
9809 | |
9810 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
9811 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
9812 | |
9813 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
9814 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
9815 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
9816 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
9817 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
9818 | |
9819 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
9820 looked like this: | |
9821 | |
9822 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
9823 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
9824 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
9825 | |
9826 You could enter the names in this format: | |
9827 | |
9828 foo | |
9829 bar | |
9830 baz | |
9831 | |
9832 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
9833 | |
9834 \\C-x ( | |
9835 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
9836 \\C-x ) | |
9837 | |
9838 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
9839 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
9840 " t nil) | |
9841 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
9842 | |
9843 ;;;*** | |
9844 | |
9845 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 9846 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
9848 | |
9849 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
9850 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
9851 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
9852 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
9853 | |
9854 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
9855 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
9856 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
9857 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
9858 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
9859 | |
9860 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
9861 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
9862 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
9863 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
9864 | |
9865 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
9866 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
9867 | |
9868 ;;;*** | |
9869 | |
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
9871 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
30565 | 9872 ;;;;;; (14723 62186)) |
25876 | 9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
9874 | |
9875 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
9876 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
9877 | |
9878 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
9879 | |
9880 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
9881 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
9882 | |
9883 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
9884 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
9885 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
9886 message. | |
9887 | |
9888 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
9889 | |
9890 ;;;*** | |
9891 | |
25998 | 9892 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
9893 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
30565 | 9894 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14710 |
9895 ;;;;;; 50128)) | |
25876 | 9896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
9897 | |
9898 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
9899 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
9900 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
9901 often correct parser.") | |
9902 | |
9903 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
9904 | |
25998 | 9905 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
9906 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
9907 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9908 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
9909 | |
9910 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
9911 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
9912 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9913 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
9914 | |
9915 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
9916 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
9917 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9918 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
9919 | |
25876 | 9920 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
9921 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
9922 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
9923 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
9924 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
9925 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
9926 | |
9927 ;;;*** | |
9928 | |
9929 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
31388 | 9930 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 9931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
9932 | |
9933 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9934 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
9935 | |
9936 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9937 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
9938 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
9939 | |
9940 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9941 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9942 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
9943 | |
9944 ;;;*** | |
9945 | |
9946 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
9947 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
27321 | 9948 ;;;;;; 15646)) |
25876 | 9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
9950 | |
9951 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
9952 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
9953 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9954 king@grassland.com | |
9955 If `parens', they look like: | |
9956 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9957 If `angles', they look like: | |
9958 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
9959 | |
9960 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
9961 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
9962 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
9963 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
9964 their `Resent-' variants. | |
9965 | |
9966 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
9967 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
9968 | |
9969 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
9970 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9971 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
9972 | |
9973 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
9974 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
9975 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
9976 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
9977 | |
9978 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
9979 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
9980 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
9981 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
9982 | |
9983 ;;;*** | |
9984 | |
9985 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
30565 | 9986 ;;;;;; (14717 60289)) |
25876 | 9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
9988 | |
9989 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
9990 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
9991 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
9992 | |
9993 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
9994 | |
9995 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
9996 | |
9997 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
9998 | |
9999 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
10000 | |
10001 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
10002 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
10003 | |
10004 makefile-target-colon: | |
10005 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
10006 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
10007 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
10008 | |
10009 makefile-macro-assign: | |
10010 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
10011 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
10012 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 10013 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 10014 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
10015 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
10016 | |
10017 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
10018 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
10019 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
10020 | |
10021 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
10022 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
10023 | |
10024 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
10025 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
10026 up or down in the browser. | |
10027 | |
10028 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
10029 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
10030 | |
10031 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
10032 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
10033 | |
10034 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
10035 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
10036 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
10037 has been selected in the browser. | |
10038 | |
10039 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
10040 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
10041 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
10042 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
10043 filenames are omitted. | |
10044 | |
10045 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 10046 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 10047 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
10048 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
10049 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
10050 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 10051 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 10052 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
10053 | |
10054 makefile-browser-hook: | |
10055 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
10056 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
10057 | |
10058 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
10059 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
10060 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
10061 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
10062 | |
10063 ;;;*** | |
10064 | |
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 10066 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
10068 | |
10069 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
10070 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
10071 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
10072 | |
10073 ;;;*** | |
10074 | |
31388 | 10075 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14754 14509)) |
25876 | 10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
10077 | |
10078 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
10079 | |
10080 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
10081 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
10082 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
10083 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
10084 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
10085 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
30565 | 10086 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
10087 | |
10088 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
10089 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil) | |
25876 | 10090 |
10091 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
10092 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
10093 | |
10094 ;;;*** | |
10095 | |
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
10097 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
10098 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
10099 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
10100 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
10101 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
10102 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
10103 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
27321 | 10104 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419)) |
25876 | 10105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
10106 | |
10107 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
10108 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
10109 | |
10110 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
10111 king@grassland.com | |
10112 If `parens', they look like: | |
10113 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10114 If `angles', they look like: | |
10115 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
10116 | |
10117 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
10118 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
10119 | |
10120 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
10121 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
10122 | |
10123 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
10124 *Local news organization file.") | |
10125 | |
10126 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
10127 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
10128 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
10129 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
10130 | |
10131 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
10132 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and | |
10133 `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
10134 | |
10135 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
10136 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
10137 | |
10138 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
10139 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. | |
10140 nil means use indentation.") | |
10141 | |
10142 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
10143 *Function for citing an original message. | |
10144 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
10145 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
10146 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
10147 | |
10148 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
10149 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
10150 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
10151 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
10152 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
10153 | |
10154 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
10155 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
10156 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
10157 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
10158 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
10159 | |
10160 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
10161 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
10162 | |
10163 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil)) | |
10164 | |
10165 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
10166 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
10167 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
10168 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
10169 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
10170 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
10171 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
10172 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
10173 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
10174 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
10175 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
10176 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
10177 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
10178 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
10179 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
10180 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
10181 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
10182 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
10183 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
10184 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). | |
10185 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil) | |
10186 | |
10187 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
10188 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
10189 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
10190 | |
10191 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
10192 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10193 | |
10194 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
10195 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
10196 | |
10197 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
10198 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
10199 | |
10200 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
10201 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
10202 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
10203 | |
10204 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
10205 Cancel an article you posted." t nil) | |
10206 | |
10207 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
10208 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
10209 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
10210 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
10211 | |
10212 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
10213 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
10214 | |
10215 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
10216 Forward the current message via mail. | |
10217 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil) | |
10218 | |
10219 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
10220 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
10221 | |
10222 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
10223 Re-mail the current message. | |
10224 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than | |
10225 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
10226 you." t nil) | |
10227 | |
10228 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
10229 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
10230 | |
10231 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
10232 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
10233 | |
10234 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
10235 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10236 | |
10237 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
10238 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10239 | |
10240 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
10241 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
10242 Works by overstriking characters. | |
10243 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
10244 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
10245 | |
10246 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
10247 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
10248 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
10249 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
10250 | |
10251 ;;;*** | |
10252 | |
10253 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10254 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
10256 | |
10257 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
10258 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
10259 Special commands: | |
10260 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
10261 | |
10262 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
10263 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10264 | |
10265 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
10266 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
10267 Special commands: | |
10268 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
10269 | |
10270 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
10271 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10272 | |
10273 ;;;*** | |
10274 | |
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
10276 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
26724 | 10277 ;;;;;; (14345 52966)) |
25876 | 10278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
10279 | |
10280 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
10281 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
10282 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
10283 | |
10284 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
10285 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
10286 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10287 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10288 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10289 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
10290 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
10291 | |
10292 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
10293 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
10294 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10295 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10296 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
10297 means current). | |
10298 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10299 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
10300 | |
10301 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
10302 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
10303 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10304 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10305 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
10306 means current). | |
10307 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10308 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
10309 | |
10310 ;;;*** | |
10311 | |
10312 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
31388 | 10313 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
10315 | |
10316 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10317 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
10318 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10319 to the MH mail system. | |
10320 | |
10321 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
10322 | |
10323 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10324 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
10325 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10326 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
10327 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
10328 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
10329 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
10330 | |
10331 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10332 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
10333 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10334 to the MH mail system. | |
10335 | |
10336 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
10337 | |
10338 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10339 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
10340 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
10341 using the MH mail handling system. | |
10342 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
10343 messages. | |
10344 | |
10345 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
10346 | |
10347 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
10348 | |
10349 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
10350 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
10351 the yanked message. | |
10352 | |
10353 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
10354 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
10355 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
10356 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
10357 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
10358 | |
10359 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
10360 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
10361 inserted in a draft letter. | |
10362 | |
10363 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
10364 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
10365 | |
10366 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10367 | |
10368 ;;;*** | |
10369 | |
31388 | 10370 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14747 |
10371 ;;;;;; 44775)) | |
25876 | 10372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
10373 | |
10374 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
10375 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
10376 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10377 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
10378 | |
10379 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
10380 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
10381 | |
10382 ;;;*** | |
10383 | |
27321 | 10384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022)) |
25876 | 10385 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
10386 | |
10387 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
10388 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
10389 | |
10390 ;;;*** | |
10391 | |
27321 | 10392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243)) |
25876 | 10393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
10394 | |
10395 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10396 | |
10397 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10398 | |
10399 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10400 | |
10401 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10402 | |
10403 ;;;*** | |
10404 | |
10405 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
30565 | 10406 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160)) |
25876 | 10407 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
10408 | |
10409 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
10410 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
10411 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
10412 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
10413 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
10414 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
10415 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
10416 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
10417 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
10418 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
10419 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
10420 | |
10421 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
10422 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
10423 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
10424 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
10425 | |
10426 ;;;*** | |
10427 | |
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
30565 | 10429 ;;;;;; (14660 49410)) |
25876 | 10430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el |
10431 | |
10432 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
10433 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
10434 | |
10435 ;;;*** | |
10436 | |
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
25998 | 10438 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
10440 | |
10441 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
10442 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
10443 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
10444 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
10445 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
10446 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
10447 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
10448 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
10449 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
10450 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
10451 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
10452 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
10453 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
10454 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
10455 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
10456 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
10457 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
10458 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
10459 \\[m2-link] link | |
10460 | |
10461 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
10462 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
10463 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
10464 | |
10465 ;;;*** | |
10466 | |
31388 | 10467 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736 |
10468 ;;;;;; 992)) | |
25876 | 10469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
10470 | |
10471 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
10472 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
10473 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10474 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
10475 | |
10476 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
10477 | |
10478 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
10479 | |
10480 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
10481 | |
10482 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
10483 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
10484 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
10485 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
10486 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
10487 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
10488 | |
10489 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
31388 | 10490 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. |
10491 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
10492 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and | |
10493 interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
25876 | 10494 |
10495 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
10496 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
10497 | |
10498 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
10499 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
10500 | |
10501 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
10502 | |
10503 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
10504 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
10505 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
10506 | |
10507 ;;;*** | |
10508 | |
25998 | 10509 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 10510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
10511 | |
10512 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
10513 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
10514 | |
10515 ;;;*** | |
10516 | |
31388 | 10517 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14747 44772)) |
25876 | 10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
10519 | |
10520 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
31388 | 10521 Toggle Msb mode. |
25876 | 10522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
10523 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
10524 | |
10525 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10526 | |
10527 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
10528 | |
10529 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
10530 Toggle Msb mode. | |
10531 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
10532 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
10533 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
10534 | |
10535 ;;;*** | |
10536 | |
10537 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 10538 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
10539 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
31388 | 10540 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set |
10541 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" | |
10542 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 31124)) | |
25876 | 10543 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
10544 | |
10545 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10546 Display a list of all character sets. | |
10547 | |
27949 | 10548 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
10549 for internal Emacs use. | |
10550 | |
10551 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
10552 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
10553 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
10554 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
10555 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
10556 | |
10557 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
10558 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
10559 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
10560 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 10561 |
10562 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
10563 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
10564 | |
27949 | 10565 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
10566 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
10567 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
10568 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
10569 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
10570 | |
10571 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
10572 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
10573 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
10574 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
10575 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
10576 | |
10577 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10578 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
10579 | |
31388 | 10580 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
10581 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil) | |
10582 | |
28919 | 10583 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
10584 Display information of in current buffer at position POS. | |
10585 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, | |
10586 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
10587 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
10588 | |
25876 | 10589 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
10590 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
10591 | |
10592 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10593 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
10594 | |
10595 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
10596 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
10597 at the place of `..': | |
31388 | 10598 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
10599 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
25876 | 10600 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
31388 | 10601 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
10602 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
10603 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
25876 | 10604 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 10605 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 10606 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 10607 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 10608 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
31388 | 10609 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
25876 | 10610 `default-process-coding-system' for read |
31388 | 10611 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
25876 | 10612 `default-process-coding-system' for write |
31388 | 10613 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil) |
25876 | 10614 |
10615 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10616 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
10617 | |
10618 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10619 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
10620 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
10621 | |
10622 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
10623 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
10624 | |
26724 | 10625 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
10626 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
10627 | |
25876 | 10628 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
10629 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
10630 | |
10631 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10632 Display information of FONTSET. | |
28919 | 10633 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
25876 | 10634 |
10635 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10636 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
10637 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
10638 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
10639 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
10640 | |
10641 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10642 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
10643 | |
10644 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10645 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
10646 | |
10647 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
10648 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
10649 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
10650 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
10651 | |
10652 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10653 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
10654 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10655 | |
10656 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10657 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
10658 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10659 | |
10660 ;;;*** | |
10661 | |
26899 | 10662 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
10663 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 10664 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
10665 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
10666 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
10667 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
29505 | 10668 ;;;;;; (14647 32042)) |
25876 | 10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
10670 | |
10671 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
10672 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
10673 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
10674 | |
28523 | 10675 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
10676 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
10677 | |
10678 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
10679 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
25876 | 10680 |
10681 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
10682 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
10683 | |
10684 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
10685 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 10686 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 10687 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
10688 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
10689 | |
26724 | 10690 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 10691 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
10692 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10693 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
10694 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10695 | |
10696 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
10697 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
10698 | |
10699 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
10700 | |
28523 | 10701 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
10702 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
10703 | |
10704 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
10705 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
10706 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
10707 | |
10708 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
10709 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
10710 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
25876 | 10711 |
10712 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10713 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
10714 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
10715 is considered. | |
10716 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
10717 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
10718 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
10719 | |
10720 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10721 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
10722 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
10723 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
10724 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
10725 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
10726 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
10727 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
10728 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
10729 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
10730 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
10731 | |
10732 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
10733 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
10734 | |
10735 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
10736 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
10737 | |
10738 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
10739 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
10740 | |
10741 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
10742 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
10743 | |
10744 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
10745 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
10746 | |
10747 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
10748 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
10749 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
10750 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
10751 | |
10752 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
10753 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
10754 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
10755 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
10756 | |
10757 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
10758 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
10759 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
10760 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
10761 | |
26899 | 10762 ;;;*** |
10763 | |
27321 | 10764 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930)) |
26724 | 10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
10766 | |
10767 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | |
10768 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
10769 | |
10770 ;;;*** | |
10771 | |
25876 | 10772 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10773 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
28212 | 10774 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
30565 | 10775 ;;;;;; (14727 65050)) |
28212 | 10776 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
25876 | 10777 |
10778 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
10779 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
10780 | |
10781 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
10782 Ping HOST. | |
10783 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
10784 `ping-program-options'." t nil) | |
10785 | |
10786 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
10787 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
10788 | |
10789 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
10790 | |
10791 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
10792 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
10793 | |
10794 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
10795 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
10796 | |
10797 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
10798 Run the route program." t nil) | |
10799 | |
10800 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
10801 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
10802 | |
10803 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
10804 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
10805 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10806 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10807 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10808 |
25876 | 10809 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
10810 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
10811 | |
10812 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
10813 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
10814 | |
10815 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
10816 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
10817 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
10818 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
10819 | |
10820 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
10821 | |
10822 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
10823 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
10824 | |
10825 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
10826 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
10827 | |
10828 ;;;*** | |
10829 | |
29505 | 10830 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region |
10831 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent | |
10832 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column) | |
30565 | 10833 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14693 39146)) |
29505 | 10834 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
10835 | |
10836 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
10837 | |
10838 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
10839 | |
10840 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
10841 | |
10842 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
10843 | |
30565 | 10844 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill)) |
29505 | 10845 |
10846 (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
10847 *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
10848 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. | |
10849 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
10850 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.") | |
10851 | |
10852 (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
10853 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
10854 | |
10855 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
10856 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
10857 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
10858 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
10859 | |
10860 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
10861 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
10862 | |
10863 (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
10864 *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
10865 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
10866 | |
10867 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil comment-column) "\ | |
10868 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. | |
10869 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
10870 the comment's starting delimiter.") | |
10871 | |
10872 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
10873 *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
10874 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
10875 | |
10876 (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
10877 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
10878 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
10879 of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
10880 | |
10881 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
10882 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
10883 | |
10884 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
30565 | 10885 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. |
29505 | 10886 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
10887 | |
10888 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ | |
10889 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
10890 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil) | |
10891 | |
10892 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
10893 Set the comment column based on point. | |
10894 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
10895 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
10896 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
10897 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil) | |
10898 | |
10899 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
10900 Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
10901 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil) | |
10902 | |
10903 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
10904 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. | |
10905 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
10906 comment markers." t nil) | |
10907 | |
10908 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
10909 Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
10910 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. | |
10911 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. | |
10912 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
10913 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
10914 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
10915 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
10916 | |
10917 The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
10918 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil) | |
10919 | |
10920 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
10921 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
10922 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
10923 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which | |
10924 case it calls `uncomment-region'). | |
10925 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
10926 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
10927 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil) | |
10928 | |
10929 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
10930 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
10931 This indents the body of the continued comment | |
10932 under the previous comment line. | |
10933 | |
10934 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
10935 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
10936 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
10937 | |
10938 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
10939 or comment indentation. | |
10940 | |
10941 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
10942 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil) | |
10943 | |
10944 ;;;*** | |
10945 | |
25876 | 10946 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030 |
27321 | 10947 ;;;;;; 49432)) |
25876 | 10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
10949 | |
10950 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
10951 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
10952 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
10953 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
10954 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
10955 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
10956 | |
10957 ;;;*** | |
10958 | |
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
27321 | 10960 ;;;;;; (14030 49439)) |
25876 | 10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
10962 | |
10963 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
10964 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil) | |
10965 | |
10966 ;;;*** | |
10967 | |
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
27321 | 10969 ;;;;;; (14030 49445)) |
25876 | 10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
10971 | |
10972 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
10973 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
10974 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
10975 | |
10976 ;;;*** | |
10977 | |
10978 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
27321 | 10979 ;;;;;; (14030 49457)) |
25876 | 10980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
10981 | |
10982 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
10983 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
10984 | |
10985 ;;;*** | |
10986 | |
10987 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
25998 | 10988 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539)) |
25876 | 10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
10990 | |
10991 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10992 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
10993 | |
10994 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10995 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
10996 | |
10997 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10998 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
10999 | |
11000 ;;;*** | |
11001 | |
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 11003 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
11005 | |
11006 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
11007 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
11008 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
11009 | |
11010 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
11011 | |
11012 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
11013 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
11014 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
11015 to future sessions." t nil) | |
11016 | |
11017 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
11018 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
11019 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
11020 to future sessions." t nil) | |
11021 | |
11022 ;;;*** | |
11023 | |
11024 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
27321 | 11025 ;;;;;; (13382 24740)) |
25876 | 11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
11027 | |
11028 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
11029 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
11030 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
11031 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
11032 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
11033 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
11034 | |
11035 ;;;*** | |
11036 | |
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 11038 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
11040 | |
11041 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
11042 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
11043 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
11044 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
11045 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
11046 | |
11047 ;;;*** | |
11048 | |
11049 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
31388 | 11050 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
11052 | |
11053 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
11054 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
11055 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
11056 | |
11057 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
11058 | |
11059 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
11060 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
11061 | |
11062 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
11063 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
11064 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
11065 | |
11066 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
11067 | |
11068 ;;;*** | |
11069 | |
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
28077 | 11071 ;;;;;; (14535 42068)) |
25876 | 11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
11073 | |
11074 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
11075 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
11076 | |
11077 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
11078 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
11079 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
11080 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
11081 | |
11082 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
11083 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
11084 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
11085 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
11086 is why you need this mode!). | |
11087 | |
11088 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
11089 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
11090 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
11091 | |
11092 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
11093 | |
11094 Keybindings | |
11095 =========== | |
11096 | |
11097 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
11098 | |
11099 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
11100 ============================================== | |
11101 | |
11102 octave-auto-indent | |
11103 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
11104 Default is nil. | |
11105 | |
11106 octave-auto-newline | |
11107 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
11108 Default is nil. | |
11109 | |
11110 octave-blink-matching-block | |
11111 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
11112 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
11113 | |
11114 octave-block-offset | |
11115 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
11116 Default is 2. | |
11117 | |
11118 octave-continuation-offset | |
11119 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
11120 Default is 4. | |
11121 | |
11122 octave-continuation-string | |
11123 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
11124 Default is a backslash. | |
11125 | |
11126 octave-mode-startup-message | |
11127 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
11128 Default is t. | |
11129 | |
11130 octave-send-echo-input | |
11131 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
11132 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
11133 | |
11134 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
11135 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
11136 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
11137 | |
11138 octave-send-echo-input | |
11139 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
11140 | |
11141 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
11142 | |
11143 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
11144 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
11145 | |
11146 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
11147 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
11148 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
11149 | |
11150 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
11151 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
11152 | |
11153 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
11154 (lambda () | |
11155 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
11156 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
11157 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
11158 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
11159 | |
11160 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
11161 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
11162 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
11163 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
11164 | |
11165 ;;;*** | |
11166 | |
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
31388 | 11168 ;;;;;; (14747 44772)) |
25876 | 11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
11170 | |
11171 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
11172 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil) | |
11173 | |
11174 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
11175 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
11176 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
11177 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
11178 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
11179 | |
11180 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
11181 | |
11182 ;;;*** | |
11183 | |
11184 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
31388 | 11185 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
11187 | |
11188 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
11189 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
11190 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
11191 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
11192 | |
11193 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
11194 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
11195 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
11196 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
11197 | |
11198 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
11199 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
11200 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
11201 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
11202 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
11203 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
11204 | |
11205 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
11206 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
11207 | |
11208 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
11209 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
11210 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
11211 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
11212 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
11213 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
11214 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
11215 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
11216 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
11217 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
11218 The subheadings remain visible. | |
11219 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
11220 | |
11221 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
11222 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
11223 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
11224 | |
11225 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
11226 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
11227 | |
11228 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
11229 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
11230 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
11231 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
11232 | |
11233 ;;;*** | |
11234 | |
25998 | 11235 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" |
31388 | 11236 ;;;;;; (14744 19183)) |
25876 | 11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
11238 | |
25998 | 11239 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
11240 *Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
11241 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
11242 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
11243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11244 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
11245 | |
11246 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11247 | |
11248 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
11249 | |
25876 | 11250 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
11251 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
11252 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11253 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
11254 | |
11255 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
11256 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
11257 | |
11258 ;;;*** | |
11259 | |
29505 | 11260 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627 |
11261 ;;;;;; 63384)) | |
25876 | 11262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
11263 | |
11264 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
11265 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
11266 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11267 | |
11268 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
11269 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
11270 | |
11271 Other useful functions are: | |
11272 | |
11273 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
11274 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
11275 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
11276 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
11277 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
11278 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
11279 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
11280 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
11281 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
11282 | |
11283 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
11284 | |
11285 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
11286 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
11287 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
11288 Indentation for case statements. | |
11289 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
11290 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
11291 mark after an end. | |
11292 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
11293 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
11294 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
11295 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
11296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11297 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
11298 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
11299 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
11300 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
11301 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
11302 | |
11303 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
11304 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
11305 | |
11306 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
11307 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11308 | |
11309 ;;;*** | |
11310 | |
11311 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 11312 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
11314 | |
11315 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
11316 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
11317 The keys affected are: | |
11318 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
11319 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
11320 M-Backspace does undo. | |
11321 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
11322 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
11323 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
11324 | |
11325 ;;;*** | |
11326 | |
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
31388 | 11328 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14745 1586)) |
25876 | 11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
11330 | |
11331 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
11332 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
11333 | |
11334 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
11335 | |
11336 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
11337 which modify the status of the mark. | |
11338 | |
11339 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
11340 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
11341 | |
11342 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
11343 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
11344 | |
11345 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
11346 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
11347 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
11348 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
11349 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
11350 | |
11351 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
11352 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
11353 | |
11354 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
11355 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
11356 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
11357 | |
11358 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
11359 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
11360 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
11361 | |
11362 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
11363 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
11364 | |
11365 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
11366 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
11367 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
11368 | |
11369 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
11370 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
11371 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
11372 | |
11373 F6 other-window | |
11374 DELETE delete-char | |
11375 C-DELETE kill-line | |
11376 M-DELETE kill-word | |
11377 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
11378 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
11379 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
11380 | |
11381 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
11382 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
11383 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
11384 and cursor movement commands. | |
11385 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
11386 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
11387 | |
11388 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11389 | |
11390 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
11391 | |
11392 ;;;*** | |
11393 | |
30565 | 11394 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680 |
11395 ;;;;;; 31123)) | |
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el | |
11397 | |
11398 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
11399 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil) | |
11400 | |
11401 ;;;*** | |
11402 | |
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
31388 | 11404 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121)) |
30565 | 11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
11406 | |
11407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11408 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil) | |
11409 | |
11410 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11411 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil) | |
11412 | |
11413 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11414 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil) | |
11415 | |
11416 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11417 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil) | |
11418 | |
11419 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
11420 | |
11421 ;;;*** | |
11422 | |
11423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
11424 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 31151)) | |
11425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el | |
11426 | |
11427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
11428 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil) | |
11429 | |
11430 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
11431 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil) | |
11432 | |
11433 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
11434 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil) | |
11435 | |
11436 ;;;*** | |
11437 | |
11438 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680 | |
11439 ;;;;;; 31160)) | |
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el | |
11441 | |
11442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
11443 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
11444 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
11445 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
11446 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
11447 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil) | |
11448 | |
11449 ;;;*** | |
11450 | |
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
11452 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
11453 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168)) | |
11454 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el | |
11455 | |
11456 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11457 Completion for `cd'." nil nil) | |
11458 | |
11459 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
11460 | |
11461 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11462 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil) | |
11463 | |
11464 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11465 Completion for `rm'." nil nil) | |
11466 | |
11467 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11468 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil) | |
11469 | |
11470 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
11471 | |
11472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11473 Completion for `which'." nil nil) | |
11474 | |
11475 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11476 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil) | |
11477 | |
11478 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11479 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil) | |
11480 | |
11481 ;;;*** | |
11482 | |
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
11484 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
31388 | 11485 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14768 |
11486 ;;;;;; 46217)) | |
30565 | 11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
11488 | |
11489 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11490 Support extensible programmable completion. | |
11491 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
11492 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil) | |
11493 | |
11494 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11495 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil) | |
11496 | |
11497 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11498 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
11499 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
11500 | |
11501 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11502 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil) | |
11503 | |
11504 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11505 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
11506 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
11507 | |
11508 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11509 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil) | |
11510 | |
11511 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11512 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil) | |
11513 | |
11514 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11515 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
11516 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
11517 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
11518 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil) | |
11519 | |
11520 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11521 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil) | |
11522 | |
11523 ;;;*** | |
11524 | |
11525 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
11526 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
31388 | 11527 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14747 44772)) |
28162 | 11528 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
11529 | |
11530 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
11531 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
11532 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
11533 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11534 | |
11535 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
11536 | |
30565 | 11537 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
11538 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
11539 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
11540 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
11542 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
11543 FLAGS is ignored." t nil) | |
11544 | |
28162 | 11545 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
11546 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
11547 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
11548 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11549 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
11550 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11551 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
11552 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
11553 | |
11554 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
11555 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
11556 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11557 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
11558 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11559 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
11560 | |
11561 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
11562 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
11563 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11564 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
11565 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11566 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
11567 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
11568 | |
11569 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
11570 | |
30565 | 11571 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-examine) "\ |
11572 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. | |
11573 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
11574 | |
28162 | 11575 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
11576 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
11577 NIL means never do it. | |
11578 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
11579 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
11580 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
11581 | |
30565 | 11582 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
11583 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
11584 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
11585 | |
11586 ;;;*** | |
11587 | |
11588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185)) | |
28288 | 11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
11590 | |
11591 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
11592 | |
11593 ;;;*** | |
11594 | |
25876 | 11595 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
29505 | 11596 ;;;;;; (14644 9538)) |
25876 | 11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
11598 | |
11599 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
11600 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
11601 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
11602 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
11603 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
11604 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
11605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11606 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
11607 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
11608 perl-tab-always-indent | |
11609 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
11610 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11611 perl-tab-to-comment | |
11612 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
11613 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
11614 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
11615 perl-nochange | |
11616 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
11617 perl-indent-level | |
11618 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
11619 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
11620 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
11621 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
11622 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
11623 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
11624 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
11625 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
11626 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
11627 perl-brace-offset | |
11628 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
11629 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
11630 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
11631 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
11632 perl-label-offset | |
11633 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
11634 | |
11635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
11636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
11637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
11638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
11639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
11640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
11641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
11642 | |
11643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11644 | |
11645 ;;;*** | |
11646 | |
11647 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
26724 | 11648 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
11650 | |
11651 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
11652 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
11653 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
11654 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
11655 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
11656 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
11657 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
11658 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
11659 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
11660 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
11661 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
11662 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
11663 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
11664 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
11665 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
11666 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
11667 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
11668 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
11669 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
11670 with these commands: | |
11671 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
11672 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
11673 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
11674 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
11675 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
11676 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
11677 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
11678 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
11679 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
11680 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
11681 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
11682 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
11683 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
11684 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
11685 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
11686 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
11687 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
11688 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
11689 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
11690 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
11691 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
11692 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
11693 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
11694 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
11695 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
11696 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
11697 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
11698 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
11699 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
11700 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
11701 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
11702 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
11703 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
11704 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
11705 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
11706 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
11707 | |
11708 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
11709 | |
11710 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
11711 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
11712 | |
11713 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
11714 | |
11715 ;;;*** | |
11716 | |
31388 | 11717 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776)) |
27321 | 11718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
11719 | |
11720 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
11721 Play pong and waste time. | |
11722 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
11723 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
11724 | |
31388 | 11725 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
11726 | |
11727 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
27321 | 11728 |
11729 ;;;*** | |
11730 | |
25876 | 11731 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
27321 | 11732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860)) |
25876 | 11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
11734 | |
11735 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
11736 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
11737 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
11738 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
11739 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
11740 | |
11741 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
11742 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
11743 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
11744 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
11745 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
11746 | |
11747 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
11748 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
11749 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
11750 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
11751 | |
11752 ;;;*** | |
11753 | |
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
25998 | 11755 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
11757 | |
11758 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
11759 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
11760 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
11761 Commands: | |
11762 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
11763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
11764 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11765 | |
11766 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
11767 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
11768 | |
11769 ;;;*** | |
11770 | |
26724 | 11771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101)) |
25876 | 11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
11773 | |
11774 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
11775 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
11776 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
11777 | |
11778 ;;;*** | |
11779 | |
26724 | 11780 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380 |
27321 | 11781 ;;;;;; 3795)) |
25998 | 11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
11783 | |
11784 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
11785 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
11786 | |
11787 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
11788 | |
11789 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
11790 be set through the `customize' command: | |
11791 | |
11792 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
11793 ps-mode-tab | |
11794 ps-mode-paper-size | |
11795 ps-mode-print-function | |
11796 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 11797 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 11798 ps-run-x |
11799 ps-run-dumb | |
11800 ps-run-init | |
11801 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 11802 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 11803 |
11804 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
11805 | |
11806 | |
11807 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
11808 | |
11809 | |
11810 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
11811 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
11812 The keymap for this second window is: | |
11813 | |
11814 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
11815 | |
11816 | |
11817 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
11818 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
11819 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
11820 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
11821 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
11822 " t nil) | |
11823 | |
11824 ;;;*** | |
11825 | |
25876 | 11826 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26899 | 11827 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
27164 | 11828 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" |
30565 | 11829 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241)) |
25876 | 11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
11831 | |
27164 | 11832 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
11833 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
11834 | |
11835 Valid values are: | |
11836 | |
11837 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
11838 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
11839 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
11840 changed by setting the variable | |
11841 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
11842 The initial value of this variable is | |
11843 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
11844 documentation). | |
11845 | |
11846 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
11847 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
11848 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
11849 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
11850 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
11851 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
11852 test it. | |
11853 | |
11854 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
11855 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
11856 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
11857 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
11858 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
11859 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
11860 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
11861 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
11862 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable | |
11863 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
11864 documentation of this variable). | |
11865 | |
11866 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
11867 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
11868 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
11869 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
11870 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
11871 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
11872 | |
11873 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
11874 | |
25876 | 11875 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
11876 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
11877 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
11878 | |
11879 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
11880 | |
11881 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
11882 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
11883 | |
11884 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
11885 | |
11886 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
11887 | |
11888 Returns the value: | |
11889 | |
11890 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
11891 | |
11892 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
11893 the sequence." nil nil) | |
11894 | |
26899 | 11895 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
11896 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
11897 | |
11898 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
11899 composition. | |
11900 | |
11901 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
11902 | |
11903 Returns the value: | |
11904 | |
11905 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
11906 | |
11907 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
11908 the sequence." nil nil) | |
11909 | |
25876 | 11910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
11911 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
11912 | |
11913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
11914 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
11915 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
11916 | |
11917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
11918 | |
11919 ;;;*** | |
11920 | |
11921 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
11922 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
11923 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
11924 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 11925 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
31388 | 11926 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14763 37945)) |
25876 | 11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
11928 | |
11929 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
11930 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 11931 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
11932 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
11933 | |
27321 | 11934 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
11935 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
11936 | |
25876 | 11937 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
11938 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11939 | |
11940 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
11941 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
11942 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
11943 | |
11944 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
11945 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
11946 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
11947 | |
11948 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11949 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11950 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11951 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11952 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
11953 | |
11954 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11955 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
11956 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
11957 | |
11958 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11959 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
11960 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11961 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11962 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
11963 | |
11964 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
11965 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11966 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
11967 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
11968 | |
11969 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11970 | |
11971 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11972 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11973 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11974 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11975 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
11976 | |
11977 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11978 | |
11979 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11980 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
11981 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
11982 | |
11983 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11984 | |
11985 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11986 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
11987 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11988 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11989 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
11990 | |
11991 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11992 | |
11993 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
11994 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
11995 | |
11996 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
11997 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
11998 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
11999 | |
12000 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
12001 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
12002 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
12003 | |
12004 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
12005 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
12006 using the current ps-print setup. | |
12007 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
12008 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
12009 | |
12010 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
12011 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
12012 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
12013 | |
12014 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12015 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
12016 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
12017 | |
12018 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
12019 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
12020 | |
12021 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
12022 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
12023 | |
12024 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
12025 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
12026 | |
12027 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
12028 | |
12029 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
12030 | |
12031 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
12032 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
12033 | |
12034 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
12035 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
12036 | |
12037 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
12038 | |
12039 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
12040 | |
12041 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
12042 | |
12043 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
12044 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
12045 | |
12046 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
12047 bold - use bold font. | |
12048 italic - use italic font. | |
12049 underline - put a line under text. | |
12050 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
12051 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
12052 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
12053 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
12054 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
12055 | |
12056 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
12057 | |
12058 ;;;*** | |
12059 | |
12060 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
31388 | 12061 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
12062 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout quail-define-package | |
12063 ;;;;;; quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" (14764 | |
12064 ;;;;;; 59676)) | |
25876 | 12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
12066 | |
12067 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
12068 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
12069 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
12070 | |
12071 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
12072 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
12073 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
12074 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
12075 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
12076 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
12077 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
12078 | |
12079 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
12080 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
12081 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
12082 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
12083 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
12084 shown. | |
12085 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
12086 | |
12087 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. | |
12088 | |
12089 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
12090 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
12091 command to be called. | |
12092 | |
12093 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
12094 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
12095 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
12096 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
12097 | |
12098 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
12099 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
12100 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
12101 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
12102 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
12103 to t. | |
12104 | |
12105 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
12106 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
12107 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
12108 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
12109 | |
12110 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
12111 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
12112 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
12113 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
12114 | |
12115 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
12116 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
12117 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
12118 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
12119 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
12120 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
12121 | |
12122 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
12123 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
12124 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
12125 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
12126 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
12127 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
12128 | |
12129 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
12130 covers Quail translation region. | |
12131 | |
12132 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
12133 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
12134 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
12135 for it) is inserted. | |
12136 | |
12137 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
12138 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
12139 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
12140 | |
12141 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
12142 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
12143 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
12144 | |
12145 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
12146 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
12147 | |
12148 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
12149 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
12150 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
12151 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
12152 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
12153 | |
12154 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
12155 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
12156 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
12157 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
12158 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
12159 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
12160 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
12161 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
12162 for the translation. | |
12163 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
12164 | |
12165 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
31388 | 12166 it is used to handle KEY. |
12167 | |
12168 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
12169 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
12170 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
12171 the following annotation types are supported. | |
12172 | |
12173 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
12174 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
12175 | |
12176 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
12177 candidate list. | |
12178 | |
12179 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
12180 selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
12181 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
12182 inserted. | |
12183 | |
12184 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
12185 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 12186 |
12187 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
12188 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 12189 |
12190 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
12191 which to install MAP. | |
12192 | |
25876 | 12193 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
12194 | |
31388 | 12195 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
12196 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
12197 | |
12198 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
12199 which to install MAP. | |
12200 | |
12201 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil) | |
12202 | |
25876 | 12203 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
12204 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
12205 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
12206 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
12207 a function, or a cons. | |
12208 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
12209 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
12210 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
12211 for the translation. | |
12212 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
12213 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
12214 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
12215 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
12216 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
12217 | |
12218 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
12219 it is used to handle KEY. | |
12220 | |
12221 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
12222 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
12223 current Quail package. | |
12224 | |
12225 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
12226 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
12227 | |
12228 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
31388 | 12229 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
12230 | |
12231 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
12232 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
12233 | |
12234 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
12235 | |
12236 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
12237 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil) | |
25876 | 12238 |
12239 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
12240 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
12241 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
12242 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
12243 of the Emacs source tree. | |
12244 | |
12245 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
12246 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
12247 | |
12248 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
12249 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
12250 of each directory." t nil) | |
12251 | |
12252 ;;;*** | |
12253 | |
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
12255 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
28288 | 12256 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554 |
12257 ;;;;;; 7245)) | |
28212 | 12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
25876 | 12259 |
12260 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
12261 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
12262 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
12263 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
12264 | |
12265 To make use of this do something like: | |
12266 | |
12267 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
12268 | |
12269 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
12270 | |
12271 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
12272 | |
12273 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
12274 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
12275 | |
12276 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
12277 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
12278 | |
12279 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
12280 is decided." t nil) | |
12281 | |
12282 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
12283 | |
12284 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
12285 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
12286 | |
12287 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
12288 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
12289 | |
12290 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
12291 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
12292 | |
12293 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
12294 | |
12295 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12296 | |
12297 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
12298 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
12299 | |
12300 ;;;*** | |
12301 | |
28212 | 12302 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149 |
25998 | 12303 ;;;;;; 16808)) |
28212 | 12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
25876 | 12305 |
12306 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
12307 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
12308 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
12309 | |
12310 ;;;*** | |
12311 | |
28077 | 12312 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
28162 | 12313 ;;;;;; (14539 41135)) |
28077 | 12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
12315 | |
12316 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
12317 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
12318 | |
12319 ;;;*** | |
12320 | |
30565 | 12321 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files |
12322 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf" | |
31388 | 12323 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14743 57317)) |
25999 | 12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
12325 | |
12326 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
12327 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
12328 | |
27949 | 12329 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
12330 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
12331 | |
25999 | 12332 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 12333 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
12334 | |
30565 | 12335 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\ |
12336 Open a buffer that allows the user to choose a file to open from | |
12337 the list of recently opened files. The optional argument FILES may be | |
12338 used to specify the list, otherwise recentf-list is used. The optional | |
12339 argument BUFFER-NAME specifies which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil) | |
12340 | |
27949 | 12341 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ |
12342 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 12343 |
30565 | 12344 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
12345 Toggle recentf mode. | |
12346 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
12347 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on). | |
12348 | |
12349 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
12350 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
12351 | |
25999 | 12352 ;;;*** |
12353 | |
28162 | 12354 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle |
12355 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle | |
12356 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
30565 | 12357 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14709 |
12358 ;;;;;; 28151)) | |
25876 | 12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
12360 | |
12361 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
12362 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
12363 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 12364 spaces and tab. |
12365 | |
12366 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
12367 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 12368 |
12369 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 12370 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
12371 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
12372 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
12373 ends. | |
12374 | |
12375 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12376 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
12377 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 12378 |
12379 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 12380 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
12381 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
12382 | |
12383 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12384 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
12385 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 12386 |
12387 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 12388 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
12389 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 12390 |
12391 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 12392 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
12393 | |
12394 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12395 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
12396 | |
12397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
12398 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 12399 |
12400 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
12401 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
12402 | |
12403 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
12404 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
12405 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
12406 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
12407 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
12408 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
12409 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
12410 | |
12411 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 12412 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
12413 | |
25876 | 12414 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 12415 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
12416 | |
12417 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12418 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
12419 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 12420 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
12421 | |
12422 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
12423 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
12424 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
12425 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 12426 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
12427 | |
12428 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12429 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 12430 |
12431 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 12432 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
12433 | |
12434 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12435 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
12436 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 12437 |
28162 | 12438 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
12439 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil) | |
12440 | |
25876 | 12441 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
25998 | 12442 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
12443 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
12444 | |
12445 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12446 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
12447 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
12448 | |
12449 ;;;*** | |
12450 | |
12451 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" | |
30565 | 12452 ;;;;;; (14671 47574)) |
25876 | 12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
12454 | |
12455 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
12456 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
12457 | |
12458 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
12459 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
12460 | |
25998 | 12461 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
12462 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
12463 | |
25876 | 12464 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
12465 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
12466 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
12467 \\ref macro. | |
12468 | |
12469 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
12470 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
12471 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
12472 | |
25998 | 12473 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
12474 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
12475 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 12476 |
12477 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
12478 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
12479 | |
12480 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
12481 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
12482 | |
12483 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
12484 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
12485 on the menu bar. | |
12486 | |
12487 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
12488 | |
25998 | 12489 ;;;*** |
12490 | |
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
30565 | 12492 ;;;;;; (14702 57277)) |
25998 | 12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
12494 | |
12495 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 12496 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
12497 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
12498 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
12499 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
12500 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
12501 | |
12502 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
12503 | |
26963 | 12504 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
12505 | |
25876 | 12506 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
12507 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
12508 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
12509 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
12510 | |
12511 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
12512 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
12513 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
12514 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
12515 | |
12516 ;;;*** | |
12517 | |
26963 | 12518 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
30565 | 12519 ;;;;;; (14671 47574)) |
26963 | 12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
12521 | |
12522 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
12523 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
12524 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
12525 | |
12526 To insert new phrases, use | |
12527 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
12528 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
12529 | |
12530 To index phrases use one of: | |
12531 | |
12532 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
12533 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
12534 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
12535 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
12536 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
12537 | |
12538 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
12539 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
12540 | |
12541 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
12542 | |
12543 Here are all local bindings. | |
12544 | |
12545 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
12546 | |
12547 ;;;*** | |
12548 | |
25876 | 12549 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
31388 | 12550 ;;;;;; (14738 26727)) |
25876 | 12551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
12552 | |
12553 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
12554 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
12555 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
12556 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
12557 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
12558 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
12559 | |
12560 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
28077 | 12561 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil) |
25876 | 12562 |
12563 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
12564 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
12565 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
12566 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
12567 | |
12568 ;;;*** | |
12569 | |
25998 | 12570 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
12572 | |
12573 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
12574 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
12575 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
12576 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
12577 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
12578 | |
12579 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
12580 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
12581 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
12582 | |
12583 ;;;*** | |
12584 | |
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
29505 | 12586 ;;;;;; (14638 40777)) |
25876 | 12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
12588 | |
26724 | 12589 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
12590 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
12591 | |
12592 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
12593 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
12594 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
29505 | 12595 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
12596 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
12597 and point is left after the salutation. | |
26724 | 12598 |
12599 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
12600 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
12601 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
12602 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
12603 left after that text. | |
12604 | |
12605 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
12606 is non-nil. | |
12607 | |
12608 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
12609 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
12610 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
12611 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 12612 |
12613 ;;;*** | |
12614 | |
12615 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
25998 | 12616 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
12618 | |
12619 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
12620 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
12621 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
12622 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
12623 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
12624 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
12625 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
12626 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
12627 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
12628 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
12629 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
12630 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
12631 the comment lines. | |
12632 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
12633 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
12634 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
12635 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
12636 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
12637 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
12638 | |
12639 ;;;*** | |
12640 | |
12641 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
12642 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
12644 | |
12645 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
12646 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
12647 | |
12648 ;;;*** | |
12649 | |
12650 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
29505 | 12651 ;;;;;; (14634 20460)) |
25876 | 12652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
12653 | |
12654 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
12655 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
12656 | |
12657 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
12658 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
12659 | |
12660 ;;;*** | |
12661 | |
28212 | 12662 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959)) |
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
25876 | 12664 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
12665 | |
12666 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
12667 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
12668 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
12669 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
12670 | |
12671 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
12672 | |
12673 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
12674 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
12675 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
12676 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
12677 | |
12678 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
12679 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
12680 | |
12681 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
12682 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
12683 | |
12684 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
12685 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
12686 INPUT-ARGS. | |
12687 | |
12688 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
12689 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
12690 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
12691 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
12692 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
12693 | |
12694 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
12695 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
12696 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
12697 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
12698 | |
12699 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
12700 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
12701 variable." t nil) | |
12702 | |
12703 ;;;*** | |
12704 | |
12705 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
28919 | 12706 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
12707 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
12708 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
12709 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
12710 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
30565 | 12711 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 36008)) |
25876 | 12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
12713 | |
12714 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
12715 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
12716 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
12717 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
12718 | |
12719 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
12720 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
12721 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
12722 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
12723 value is the user's name.) | |
12724 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
12725 | |
12726 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
12727 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
12728 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
12729 which normally happens once for each message, | |
12730 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
12731 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
12732 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
12733 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
12734 | |
12735 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
12736 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
12737 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
12738 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
12739 | |
12740 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
12741 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
12742 | |
12743 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
12744 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
12745 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
12746 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
12747 | |
12748 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
12749 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
12750 | |
12751 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
12752 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
12753 | |
12754 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
12755 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
12756 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
12757 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
12758 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
12759 | |
12760 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
12761 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
12762 | |
12763 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
12764 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
12765 | |
12766 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
12767 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
12768 | |
28292 | 12769 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\ |
12770 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") | |
12771 | |
25876 | 12772 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
12773 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
12774 | |
12775 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
12776 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
12777 | |
12778 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
12779 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
12780 | |
27949 | 12781 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
12782 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
12783 | |
25876 | 12784 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
12785 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
12786 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
12787 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
12788 | |
12789 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
12790 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
12791 | |
12792 This is set to nil by default.") | |
12793 | |
12794 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
12795 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
12796 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
12797 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
12798 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
12799 | |
12800 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
12801 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
12802 | |
12803 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
12804 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
12805 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
12806 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
12807 | |
12808 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
12809 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
12810 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
12811 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
12812 | |
12813 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
12814 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
12815 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
12816 | |
12817 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
12818 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
12819 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
12820 | |
12821 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
12822 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
12823 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
12824 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
12825 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
12826 | |
12827 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
12828 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
12829 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
12830 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
12831 | |
12832 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
12833 | |
12834 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
12835 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
12836 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
12837 Instead, these commands are available: | |
12838 | |
12839 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
12840 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
12841 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
12842 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
12843 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
12844 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
12845 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
12846 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
12847 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
12848 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
12849 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
12850 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
12851 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
12852 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
12853 till a deleted message is found. | |
12854 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
12855 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
12856 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
12857 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
12858 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
12859 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
12860 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
12861 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
12862 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
12863 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
12864 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
12865 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
12866 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
12867 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
12868 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
12869 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
12870 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
12871 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
12872 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
12873 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
12874 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
12875 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
12876 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
12877 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
12878 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
12879 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
12880 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
12881 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
12882 | |
12883 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
12884 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
12885 | |
12886 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
12887 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
12888 | |
12889 ;;;*** | |
12890 | |
12891 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
27321 | 12892 ;;;;;; (14387 64145)) |
25876 | 12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
12894 | |
12895 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
12896 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
12897 | |
12898 ;;;*** | |
12899 | |
12900 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
12901 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 12902 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
12904 | |
12905 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12906 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
12907 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
12908 | |
12909 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12910 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
12911 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
12912 | |
12913 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
12914 | |
12915 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12916 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
12917 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
12918 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
12919 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
12920 | |
12921 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12922 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
12923 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
12924 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
12925 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
12926 | |
12927 ;;;*** | |
12928 | |
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 12930 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
12932 | |
12933 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
12934 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
12935 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
12936 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
12937 | |
12938 ;;;*** | |
12939 | |
12940 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
12941 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
29505 | 12942 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741)) |
25876 | 12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
12944 | |
12945 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
12946 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
12947 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
12948 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
12949 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
12950 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
12951 a file name as a string.") | |
12952 | |
12953 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
12954 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
12955 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
12956 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
12957 buffer visiting that file. | |
12958 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
12959 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
12960 | |
12961 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
12962 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
12963 | |
12964 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
29505 | 12965 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
12966 | |
12967 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
12968 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil) | |
25876 | 12969 |
12970 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
12971 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
12972 | |
12973 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
12974 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
12975 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
12976 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
12977 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
12978 | |
12979 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
12980 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
12981 will be appended with their original headers. | |
12982 | |
12983 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
12984 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
12985 | |
12986 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
12987 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
12988 | |
12989 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
12990 | |
12991 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
12992 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
12993 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
12994 | |
12995 ;;;*** | |
12996 | |
12997 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
12998 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 12999 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
13000 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
13002 | |
13003 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13004 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
13005 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13006 | |
13007 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13008 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
13009 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13010 | |
13011 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13012 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
13013 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13014 | |
13015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
13017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13018 | |
13019 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13020 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
13021 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13022 | |
13023 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13024 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
13025 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13026 | |
13027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
13029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
13030 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
13031 | |
13032 ;;;*** | |
13033 | |
28523 | 13034 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
13035 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
13036 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
13037 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
29505 | 13038 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354)) |
25876 | 13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
13040 | |
13041 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
13042 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
13043 | |
13044 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
13045 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
13046 | |
13047 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13048 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
13049 | |
13050 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13051 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
13052 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
13053 | |
13054 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13055 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
13056 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
13057 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
13058 only look in the To and From fields. | |
13059 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
13060 | |
13061 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13062 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
13063 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
13064 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
13065 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
13066 | |
13067 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13068 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
13069 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
13070 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
13071 look in the whole message. | |
13072 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
13073 | |
13074 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13075 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
13076 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
13077 | |
13078 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
13079 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
13080 | |
13081 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
13082 | |
28523 | 13083 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
13084 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
13085 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
13086 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
13087 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
13088 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
13089 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
13090 | |
13091 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
13092 sent by you under different user names. | |
13093 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
13094 | |
13095 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
13096 | |
25876 | 13097 ;;;*** |
13098 | |
13099 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
30565 | 13100 ;;;;;; (14660 49436)) |
25876 | 13101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
13102 | |
13103 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
13104 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
13105 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
13106 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
13107 | |
13108 ;;;*** | |
13109 | |
13110 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
27321 | 13111 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574)) |
25876 | 13112 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
13113 | |
13114 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
13115 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
13116 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
13117 | |
13118 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
13119 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
13120 | |
13121 ;;;*** | |
13122 | |
13123 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
13124 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
13125 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
25998 | 13126 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
25876 | 13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
13128 | |
13129 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 13130 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13131 |
13132 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13133 | |
13134 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
13135 | |
13136 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 13137 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13138 |
13139 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 13140 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13141 |
13142 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 13143 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13144 |
13145 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 13146 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13147 |
13148 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 13149 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13150 |
13151 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 13152 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 13153 |
13154 ;;;*** | |
13155 | |
13156 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
27016 | 13157 ;;;;;; (14432 37919)) |
25876 | 13158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
13159 | |
13160 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
13161 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 13162 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 13163 |
13164 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
13165 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
13166 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
13167 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
13168 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information | |
13169 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode. | |
13170 | |
13171 Commands: | |
13172 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13173 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
13174 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 13175 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 13176 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
13177 | |
13178 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
13179 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 13180 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 13181 |
13182 Commands: | |
13183 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13184 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
13185 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
13186 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
13187 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
13188 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
13189 | |
13190 ;;;*** | |
13191 | |
13192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
27321 | 13193 ;;;;;; (14030 49477)) |
25876 | 13194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
13195 | |
13196 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
13197 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
13198 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
13199 | |
13200 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13201 | |
13202 ;;;*** | |
13203 | |
26724 | 13204 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
27321 | 13205 ;;;;;; 55098)) |
25876 | 13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
13207 | |
13208 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
13209 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 13210 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 13211 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
13212 | |
13213 Interesting variables: | |
13214 | |
13215 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
13216 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
13217 | |
13218 scribe-electric-quote | |
13219 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
13220 | |
13221 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
13222 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
13223 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
13224 | |
13225 ;;;*** | |
13226 | |
13227 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
13228 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
13229 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
25998 | 13230 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
31388 | 13231 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14743 46413)) |
25876 | 13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
13233 | |
13234 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
13235 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
13236 | |
13237 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
13238 king@grassland.com | |
13239 If `parens', they look like: | |
13240 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
13241 If `angles', they look like: | |
13242 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 13243 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
13244 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
13245 | |
13246 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
13247 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
13248 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
13249 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
13250 | |
30565 | 13251 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
25998 | 13252 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
13253 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
13254 | |
13255 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
13256 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 13257 |
13258 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
13259 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
13260 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
13261 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
13262 | |
13263 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
13264 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
13265 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
13266 | |
13267 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
13268 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
13269 | |
13270 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
13271 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
13272 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
13273 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
13274 | |
13275 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
13276 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
13277 | |
13278 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
13279 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
13280 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
13281 | |
13282 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
13283 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
13284 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
13285 when you first send mail.") | |
13286 | |
13287 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
13288 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
13289 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
13290 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
13291 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
13292 | |
13293 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
13294 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
13295 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
13296 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
13297 This file need not actually exist.") | |
13298 | |
13299 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
13300 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
13301 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
13302 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
13303 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
13304 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
13305 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
13306 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
13307 | |
13308 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
13309 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
13310 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
13311 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
13312 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
13313 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
13314 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
13315 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
13316 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
13317 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
13318 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
13319 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
13320 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
13321 | |
13322 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
13323 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
13324 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
13325 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
13326 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 13327 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 13328 |
13329 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
13330 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
13331 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
13332 | |
13333 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
13334 User should not set this variable manually, | |
13335 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
13336 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 13337 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 13338 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
13339 | |
13340 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
13341 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
13342 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
13343 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
13344 | |
13345 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
13346 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
13347 | |
13348 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
13349 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
13350 | |
13351 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
13352 to move to message header fields: | |
13353 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
13354 | |
13355 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
13356 when the message is initialized. | |
13357 | |
13358 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
13359 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
13360 | |
13361 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
13362 is inserted. | |
13363 | |
13364 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
13365 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
13366 | |
13367 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
13368 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
13369 | |
13370 The second through fifth arguments, | |
13371 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
13372 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
13373 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
13374 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
13375 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
13376 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
13377 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
13378 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
13379 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
13380 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
13381 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
13382 | |
13383 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
13384 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
13385 | |
13386 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
13387 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
13388 | |
13389 ;;;*** | |
13390 | |
31388 | 13391 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14753 16033)) |
25876 | 13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
13393 | |
13394 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
13395 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
13396 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
13397 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
13398 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
13399 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
13400 | |
13401 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
13402 | |
13403 ;;;*** | |
13404 | |
13405 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
27949 | 13406 ;;;;;; (14501 37288)) |
25876 | 13407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
13408 | |
13409 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
13410 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
13411 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
13412 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
13413 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
13414 | |
13415 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
13416 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
13417 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
13418 | |
13419 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
13420 your `.emacs' file. | |
13421 | |
13422 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
13423 | |
13424 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
13425 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
13426 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13427 | |
13428 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
13429 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
13430 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
13431 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
13432 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
13433 which this is based. | |
13434 | |
13435 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
13436 | |
13437 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
13438 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
13439 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
13440 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
13441 | |
13442 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
13443 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
13444 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
13445 | |
13446 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
13447 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
13448 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
13449 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
13450 | |
13451 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
13452 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
13453 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
13454 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
13455 | |
13456 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
13457 | |
13458 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
13459 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
13460 To work around that, do: | |
13461 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
13462 | |
13463 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13464 | |
13465 ;;;*** | |
13466 | |
13467 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
31388 | 13468 ;;;;;; (14750 26820)) |
25876 | 13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
13470 | |
13471 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
13472 | |
13473 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
13474 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
13475 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
13476 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
13477 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
13478 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
13479 | |
13480 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
13481 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
13482 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
13483 shell-specific features. | |
13484 | |
13485 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
13486 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
13487 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
13488 | |
13489 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
13490 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
13491 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
13492 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
13493 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
13494 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
13495 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
13496 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
13497 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
13498 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
13499 | |
25998 | 13500 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
13501 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
13502 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
13503 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
13504 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
13505 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
31388 | 13506 buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
25998 | 13507 |
13508 | |
25876 | 13509 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
13510 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
13511 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
13512 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
13513 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
13514 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
13515 | |
13516 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
13517 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
13518 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
13519 | |
13520 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
13521 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
13522 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
13523 | |
13524 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
13525 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
13526 | |
13527 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
13528 | |
13529 ;;;*** | |
13530 | |
13531 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 13532 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 13533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
13534 | |
13535 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
13536 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
13537 | |
13538 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
13539 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
13540 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
13541 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
13542 the earlier. | |
13543 | |
13544 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
13545 | |
13546 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
13547 | |
13548 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
13549 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
13550 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
13551 | |
13552 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
13553 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
13554 | |
13555 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
13556 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
13557 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
13558 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
13559 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
13560 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
13561 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
13562 emacs version). | |
13563 | |
13564 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
13565 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
13566 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
13567 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
13568 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
13569 | |
13570 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
13571 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
13572 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
13573 | |
13574 ;;;*** | |
13575 | |
13576 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el" | |
31388 | 13577 ;;;;;; (14755 36371)) |
25876 | 13578 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
13579 | |
13580 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\ | |
13581 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell. | |
13582 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well. | |
13583 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
13584 shell buffer. | |
13585 | |
31388 | 13586 This variable is only used if the variable |
13587 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
13588 | |
25876 | 13589 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does, |
13590 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input | |
13591 on lines which don't start with a prompt. | |
13592 | |
13593 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.") | |
13594 | |
13595 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
13596 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*. | |
13597 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
13598 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'. | |
13599 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
13600 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
13601 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
13602 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
13603 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
13604 discards input when it starts up.) | |
13605 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
13606 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
13607 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
13608 | |
13609 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
13610 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
13611 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
13612 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
13613 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
13614 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
13615 | |
13616 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
13617 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
13618 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
13619 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
13620 | |
13621 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
13622 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
13623 | |
13624 ;;;*** | |
13625 | |
25998 | 13626 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
13627 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
13629 | |
13630 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
13631 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
13632 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
13633 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
13634 simula-tab-always-indent | |
13635 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
13636 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
13637 simula-indent-level | |
13638 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
13639 simula-substatement-offset | |
13640 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
13641 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
13642 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
13643 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
13644 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
13645 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
13646 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
13647 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
13648 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
13649 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
13650 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
13651 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
13652 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
13653 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
13654 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
13655 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
13656 simula-electric-indent nil | |
13657 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
13658 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
13659 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
13660 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
13661 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
13662 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
13663 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
13664 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
13665 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
13666 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
13667 | |
13668 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
13669 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
13670 | |
13671 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
13672 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
13673 at all." t nil) | |
13674 | |
13675 ;;;*** | |
13676 | |
13677 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
13678 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
25998 | 13679 ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
25876 | 13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
13681 | |
13682 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
13683 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
13684 | |
13685 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
13686 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
13687 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
13688 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
13689 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
13690 | |
13691 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
13692 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
13693 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
13694 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
13695 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
13696 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
13697 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
13698 | |
13699 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
13700 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
13701 ignored." t nil) | |
13702 | |
13703 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
13704 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
13705 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
13706 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
13707 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
13708 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
13709 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
13710 | |
13711 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
13712 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
13713 ignored." t nil) | |
13714 | |
13715 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
13716 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
13717 | |
13718 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
13719 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
13720 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
13721 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
13722 | |
13723 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
13724 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
13725 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
13726 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
13727 | |
13728 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
13729 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
13730 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
13731 | |
13732 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
13733 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
13734 | |
13735 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
13736 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
13737 | |
13738 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
13739 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
13740 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
13741 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
13742 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
13743 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
13744 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
13745 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
13746 nil skipped | |
13747 | |
13748 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
13749 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
13750 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
13751 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
13752 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
13753 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
13754 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
13755 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
13756 | |
13757 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
13758 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
13759 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
13760 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
13761 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
13762 available: | |
13763 | |
13764 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
13765 then: insert previously read string once more | |
13766 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
13767 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
13768 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
13769 | |
13770 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
13771 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
13772 | |
13773 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
13774 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
13775 | |
13776 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
13777 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
13778 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
13779 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
13780 | |
13781 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
13782 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
13783 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
13784 | |
13785 ;;;*** | |
13786 | |
31388 | 13787 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14747 |
13788 ;;;;;; 44772)) | |
26899 | 13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
13790 | |
13791 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
13792 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
13793 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13794 | |
13795 ;;;*** | |
13796 | |
25876 | 13797 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
27321 | 13798 ;;;;;; (14342 21398)) |
25876 | 13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
13800 | |
13801 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
13802 | |
13803 ;;;*** | |
13804 | |
25998 | 13805 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 13806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
13807 | |
13808 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
13809 Play the Snake game. | |
13810 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
13811 | |
13812 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
13813 | |
13814 snake-mode keybindings: | |
13815 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
13816 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
13817 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
13818 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
13819 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
13820 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
13821 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
13822 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
13823 | |
13824 " t nil) | |
13825 | |
13826 ;;;*** | |
13827 | |
28212 | 13828 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
25998 | 13829 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
28212 | 13830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
25876 | 13831 |
13832 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
13833 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
13834 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
13835 Tab indents for C code. | |
13836 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
13837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13838 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
13839 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
13840 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
13841 | |
13842 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
13843 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
13844 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
13845 Tab indents for C code. | |
13846 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
13847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13848 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
13849 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
13850 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
13851 | |
13852 ;;;*** | |
13853 | |
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
13855 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
13856 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
13858 | |
13859 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
13860 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
13861 | |
13862 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
13863 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
13864 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
13865 | |
13866 For example, the form | |
13867 | |
13868 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
13869 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
13870 | |
13871 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
13872 | |
13873 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
13874 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
13875 | |
13876 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
13877 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
13878 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
13879 York City. | |
13880 | |
13881 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
13882 | |
13883 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
13884 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
13885 | |
13886 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
13887 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
13888 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
13889 York City. | |
13890 | |
13891 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
13892 | |
13893 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
13894 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
13895 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
13896 pair. | |
13897 | |
13898 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
13899 | |
13900 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
13901 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
13902 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
13903 | |
13904 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
13905 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
13906 | |
13907 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
13908 | |
13909 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
13910 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
13911 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
13912 | |
13913 ;;;*** | |
13914 | |
13915 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 13916 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 13917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
13918 | |
13919 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
13920 Play Solitaire. | |
13921 | |
13922 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
13923 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
13924 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
13925 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
13926 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
13927 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
13928 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
13929 check after each move or undo) | |
13930 | |
13931 What is Solitaire? | |
13932 | |
13933 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
13934 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
13935 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
13936 | |
13937 Le Solitaire | |
13938 ============ | |
13939 | |
13940 o o o | |
13941 | |
13942 o o o | |
13943 | |
13944 o o o o o o o | |
13945 | |
13946 o o o . o o o | |
13947 | |
13948 o o o o o o o | |
13949 | |
13950 o o o | |
13951 | |
13952 o o o | |
13953 | |
13954 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
13955 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
13956 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
13957 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
13958 | |
13959 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
13960 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
13961 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
13962 this: o o . | |
13963 | |
13964 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
13965 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
13966 | |
13967 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
13968 | |
13969 o o o | |
13970 | |
13971 . o o | |
13972 | |
13973 o o . o o o o | |
13974 | |
13975 o . o o o o o | |
13976 | |
13977 o o o o o o o | |
13978 | |
13979 o o o | |
13980 | |
13981 o o o | |
13982 | |
13983 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
13984 | |
13985 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13986 | |
13987 ;;;*** | |
13988 | |
13989 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
13990 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
27545 | 13991 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636)) |
25876 | 13992 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
13993 | |
13994 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
13995 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
13996 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
13997 | |
13998 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
13999 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
14000 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
14001 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
14002 contiguous. | |
14003 | |
14004 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
14005 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
14006 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14007 the sort order. | |
14008 | |
14009 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
14010 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
14011 | |
14012 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
14013 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
14014 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
14015 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
14016 is called. | |
14017 | |
14018 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
14019 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
14020 | |
14021 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
14022 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
14023 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
14024 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
14025 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
14026 | |
14027 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
14028 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
14029 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
14030 | |
14031 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
14032 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14033 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14034 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14035 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14036 the sort order." t nil) | |
14037 | |
14038 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
14039 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14040 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14041 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14042 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14043 the sort order." t nil) | |
14044 | |
14045 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
14046 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14047 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14048 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14049 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14050 the sort order." t nil) | |
14051 | |
14052 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14053 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
14054 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 14055 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
14056 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
14057 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 14058 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
14059 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14060 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
14061 | |
14062 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14063 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
14064 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
14065 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
14066 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14067 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
14068 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14069 the sort order." t nil) | |
14070 | |
14071 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14072 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
14073 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
14074 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
14075 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
14076 is to be used for sorting. | |
14077 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
14078 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
14079 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
14080 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
14081 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
14082 | |
14083 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
14084 | |
14085 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14086 the sort order. | |
14087 | |
14088 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
14089 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
14090 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
14091 | |
14092 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
14093 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
14094 For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
14095 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
14096 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
14097 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
14098 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14099 the sort order. | |
14100 | |
14101 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
14102 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
14103 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
14104 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
14105 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
14106 | |
14107 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
14108 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
14109 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
14110 | |
14111 ;;;*** | |
14112 | |
14113 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
29505 | 14114 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14642 23986)) |
25876 | 14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
14116 | |
14117 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
14118 | |
14119 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
14120 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
14121 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
14122 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
14123 supported at a time. | |
14124 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
14125 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
14126 | |
14127 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
14128 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
14129 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
14130 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
14131 | |
14132 ;;;*** | |
14133 | |
14134 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 14135 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 14136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
14137 | |
14138 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14139 | |
14140 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
14141 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
14142 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
14143 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
14144 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
14145 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
14146 | |
14147 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
14148 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
14149 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
14150 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
14151 | |
14152 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
14153 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
14154 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
14155 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
14156 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
14157 | |
14158 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
14159 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
14160 | |
14161 ;;;*** | |
14162 | |
14163 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 14164 ;;;;;; 43485)) |
25876 | 14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
14166 | |
14167 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
14168 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
14169 | |
14170 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
14171 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
14172 | |
14173 ;;;*** | |
14174 | |
30565 | 14175 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql |
14176 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" | |
31388 | 14177 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14747 51309)) |
25876 | 14178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
14179 | |
14180 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 14181 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 14182 |
14183 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
14184 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
14185 | |
14186 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
14187 | |
14188 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
14189 | |
14190 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
14191 | |
14192 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
14193 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
14194 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
14195 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
14196 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
14197 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
14198 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
14199 | |
14200 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
14201 | |
14202 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
14203 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
14204 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
14205 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
14206 | |
14207 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
14208 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
14209 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
14210 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
14211 | |
14212 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
14213 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
14214 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
14215 | |
14216 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
14217 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
14218 | |
14219 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
14220 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
14221 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
14222 | |
25998 | 14223 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 14224 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
14225 | |
14226 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
14227 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
14228 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
14229 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
14230 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
14231 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
14232 | |
14233 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
14234 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
14235 | |
30565 | 14236 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
14237 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
14238 | |
14239 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14240 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14241 `*SQL*'. | |
14242 | |
14243 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
14244 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
14245 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
14246 the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
14247 | |
14248 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14249 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14250 | |
14251 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14252 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14253 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14254 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14255 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14256 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14257 | |
14258 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14259 | |
14260 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
14261 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
14262 | |
14263 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14264 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14265 `*SQL*'. | |
14266 | |
14267 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
14268 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
14269 defaults, if set. | |
14270 | |
14271 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14272 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14273 | |
14274 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14275 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14276 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14277 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14278 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14279 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14280 | |
14281 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14282 | |
14283 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
14284 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
14285 | |
14286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14288 `*SQL*'. | |
14289 | |
14290 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
14291 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
14292 | |
14293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14295 | |
14296 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14297 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14298 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14299 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14300 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14301 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14302 | |
14303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14304 | |
14305 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
14306 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
14307 | |
14308 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate; | |
14309 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead. | |
14310 | |
14311 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14312 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14313 `*SQL*'. | |
14314 | |
14315 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
14316 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
14317 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. | |
14318 | |
14319 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14320 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14321 | |
14322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14323 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14324 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14327 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14328 | |
14329 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14330 | |
14331 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
14332 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
14333 | |
14334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14336 `*SQL*'. | |
14337 | |
14338 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
14339 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
14340 defaults, if set. | |
14341 | |
14342 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14343 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14344 | |
14345 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14346 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14347 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14348 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14349 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14350 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14351 | |
14352 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14353 | |
14354 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
14355 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
14356 | |
14357 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14358 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14359 `*SQL*'. | |
14360 | |
14361 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
14362 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
14363 | |
14364 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14365 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14366 | |
14367 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14368 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14369 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14370 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14371 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14372 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14373 | |
14374 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14375 | |
14376 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
14377 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
14378 | |
14379 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14380 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14381 `*SQL*'. | |
14382 | |
14383 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
14384 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
14385 as defaults, if set. | |
14386 | |
14387 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14388 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14389 | |
14390 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14391 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14392 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14393 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14394 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14395 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14396 | |
14397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14398 | |
25876 | 14399 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
14400 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
14401 | |
14402 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14403 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14404 `*SQL*'. | |
14405 | |
14406 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
14407 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
14408 | |
14409 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14410 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14411 | |
14412 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14413 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14414 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14415 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14416 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 14417 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 14418 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
14419 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
14420 | |
14421 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
14422 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
14423 | |
14424 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14425 | |
14426 ;;;*** | |
14427 | |
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help | |
14429 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke | |
14430 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) | |
30565 | 14431 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14726 36008)) |
25876 | 14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
14433 | |
14434 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
14435 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled") | |
14436 | |
14437 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14438 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
14439 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
14440 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
14441 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
14442 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
14443 | |
14444 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
14445 | |
14446 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14447 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
14448 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
14449 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
14450 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
14451 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
14452 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
14453 | |
14454 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14455 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
14456 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
14457 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
14458 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
14459 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
14460 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
14461 | |
14462 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14463 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand. | |
14464 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
14465 | |
14466 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14467 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
14468 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
14469 | |
14470 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14471 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
14472 | |
14473 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
14474 | |
14475 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
14476 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil) | |
14477 | |
14478 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
14479 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
14480 | |
14481 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
14482 | |
14483 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
14484 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
14485 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
14486 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
14487 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
14488 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
14489 new strokes with | |
14490 | |
14491 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
14492 | |
14493 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
14494 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your | |
14495 strokes with | |
14496 | |
14497 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
14498 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
14499 | |
14500 ;;;*** | |
14501 | |
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
28523 | 14503 ;;;;;; (14565 55801)) |
25876 | 14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
14505 | |
14506 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
14507 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
14508 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
14509 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
14510 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
14511 original message but it does require a few things: | |
14512 | |
14513 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
14514 | |
14515 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
14516 reply buffer. | |
14517 | |
14518 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
14519 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
14520 original message. | |
14521 | |
14522 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
14523 | |
14524 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
14525 | |
14526 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
14527 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
14528 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
14529 | |
14530 ;;;*** | |
14531 | |
27321 | 14532 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
25876 | 14533 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
14534 | |
14535 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
14536 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
14537 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
14538 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
14539 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
14540 | |
14541 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
14542 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
14543 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
14544 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
14545 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
14546 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
14547 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
14548 | |
14549 ;;;*** | |
14550 | |
25998 | 14551 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
14553 | |
14554 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
14555 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
14556 | |
14557 ;;;*** | |
14558 | |
30565 | 14559 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536)) |
25876 | 14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
14561 | |
14562 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
14563 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
14564 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
14565 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
14566 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
14567 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
14568 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
14569 | |
14570 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
14571 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
14572 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
14573 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
14574 | |
14575 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
14576 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
14577 | |
14578 ;;;*** | |
14579 | |
25998 | 14580 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
29505 | 14581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906)) |
25998 | 14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
14583 | |
14584 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
14585 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
14586 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
14587 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
14588 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
14589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14590 | |
14591 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
14592 tcl-indent-level | |
14593 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
14594 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
14595 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
14596 | |
14597 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
14598 documentation for details): | |
14599 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
14600 Controls action of TAB key. | |
14601 tcl-auto-newline | |
14602 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
14603 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
14604 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
14605 Controls action of `#' key. | |
14606 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
14607 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
14608 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
14609 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
14610 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
14611 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
14612 | |
14613 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
14614 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
14615 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
14616 already exist. | |
14617 | |
14618 Commands: | |
14619 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14620 | |
14621 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
14622 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
14623 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
14624 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
14625 | |
14626 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
14627 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
14628 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
14629 | |
14630 ;;;*** | |
14631 | |
28212 | 14632 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416)) |
14633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el | |
25876 | 14634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
14635 | |
14636 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
14637 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
14638 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
14639 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
14640 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
14641 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
14642 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
14643 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
14644 | |
14645 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
14646 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
14647 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
14648 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
14649 | |
14650 ;;;*** | |
14651 | |
30565 | 14652 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14700 |
14653 ;;;;;; 46635)) | |
25876 | 14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
14655 | |
14656 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
14657 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
14658 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
14659 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
14660 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
14661 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
14662 | |
14663 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
14664 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
14665 | |
14666 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
14667 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
14668 | |
14669 ;;;*** | |
14670 | |
31388 | 14671 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758 |
14672 ;;;;;; 10468)) | |
25876 | 14673 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
14674 | |
14675 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
14676 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
14677 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
14678 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
14679 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
14680 program as keyboard input. | |
14681 | |
14682 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
14683 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
14684 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
14685 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
14686 | |
14687 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
14688 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
14689 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
14690 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
14691 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
14692 | |
14693 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
14694 | |
14695 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
14696 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
14697 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
14698 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
14699 | |
14700 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
14701 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
14702 subprocess started." t nil) | |
14703 | |
14704 ;;;*** | |
14705 | |
25998 | 14706 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 14707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
14708 | |
14709 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
14710 Play the Tetris game. | |
14711 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
14712 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
14713 as to form complete rows. | |
14714 | |
14715 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
14716 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
14717 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
14718 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
14719 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
14720 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
14721 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
14722 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
14723 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
14724 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
14725 | |
14726 " t nil) | |
14727 | |
14728 ;;;*** | |
14729 | |
14730 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
14731 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
14732 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14733 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
14734 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
14735 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
14736 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
31388 | 14737 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 14738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
14739 | |
14740 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
14741 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
14742 | |
14743 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
14744 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
14745 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
14746 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
14747 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
14748 | |
14749 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
14750 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
14751 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
14752 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
14753 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
14754 | |
14755 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
14756 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
14757 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
14758 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
14759 | |
14760 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
14761 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
14762 | |
14763 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
14764 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
14765 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
14766 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
14767 | |
14768 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
14769 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
14770 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
14771 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
14772 | |
14773 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
14774 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
14775 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
14776 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
14777 | |
14778 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
14779 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
14780 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
14781 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
14782 | |
14783 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
14784 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
14785 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
14786 | |
14787 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
14788 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
14789 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
14790 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
14791 | |
14792 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
14793 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
14794 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
14795 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
14796 | |
14797 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
14798 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
14799 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
14800 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
14801 | |
14802 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
14803 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
14804 for example, | |
14805 | |
14806 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14807 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
14808 | |
14809 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
14810 use.") | |
14811 | |
14812 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
14813 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
14814 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
14815 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
14816 | |
14817 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
14818 window system being used. For example, | |
14819 | |
14820 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
14821 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
14822 | |
14823 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
14824 otherwise.") | |
14825 | |
14826 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
14827 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
14828 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
14829 | |
26724 | 14830 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 14831 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
14832 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
14833 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
14834 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
14835 | |
14836 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
14837 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
14838 | |
14839 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
14840 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
14841 | |
14842 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
14843 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
14844 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
14845 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
14846 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
14847 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
14848 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
14849 | |
14850 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
14851 | |
14852 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
14853 | |
14854 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
14855 | |
14856 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
14857 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
14858 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
14859 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
14860 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
14861 | |
14862 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
14863 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
14864 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
14865 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
14866 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14867 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14868 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
14869 | |
14870 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
14871 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
14872 | |
14873 Special commands: | |
14874 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
14875 | |
14876 Mode variables: | |
14877 tex-run-command | |
14878 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14879 tex-directory | |
14880 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
14881 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14882 tex-dvi-print-command | |
14883 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
14884 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14885 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
14886 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
14887 tex-dvi-view-command | |
14888 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
14889 tex-show-queue-command | |
14890 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
14891 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
14892 | |
14893 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
14894 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
14895 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
14896 | |
14897 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
14898 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
14899 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
14900 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
14901 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
14902 | |
14903 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
14904 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
14905 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
14906 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
14907 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14908 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14909 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
14910 | |
14911 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
14912 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
14913 | |
14914 Special commands: | |
14915 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
14916 | |
14917 Mode variables: | |
14918 latex-run-command | |
14919 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14920 tex-directory | |
14921 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
14922 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14923 tex-dvi-print-command | |
14924 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
14925 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14926 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
14927 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
14928 tex-dvi-view-command | |
14929 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
14930 tex-show-queue-command | |
14931 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
14932 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
14933 | |
14934 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
14935 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
14936 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
14937 | |
14938 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
14939 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
14940 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
14941 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
14942 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
14943 | |
14944 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
14945 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
14946 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
14947 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
14948 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14949 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14950 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
14951 | |
14952 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
14953 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
14954 | |
14955 Special commands: | |
14956 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
14957 | |
14958 Mode variables: | |
14959 slitex-run-command | |
14960 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14961 tex-directory | |
14962 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
14963 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14964 tex-dvi-print-command | |
14965 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
14966 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14967 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
14968 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
14969 tex-dvi-view-command | |
14970 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
14971 tex-show-queue-command | |
14972 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
14973 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
14974 | |
14975 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
14976 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
14977 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
14978 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
14979 | |
14980 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
14981 | |
14982 ;;;*** | |
14983 | |
14984 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
28764 | 14985 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796)) |
25876 | 14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
14987 | |
14988 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
14989 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
14990 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
14991 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
14992 | |
14993 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
14994 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
14995 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
14996 | |
14997 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
14998 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
14999 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
15000 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
15001 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
15002 | |
15003 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15004 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
15005 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
15006 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
15007 | |
15008 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
15009 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
15010 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
15011 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
15012 | |
15013 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
15014 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
15015 | |
15016 ;;;*** | |
15017 | |
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
28710 | 15019 ;;;;;; (14587 10351)) |
25876 | 15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
15021 | |
15022 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
15023 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
15024 | |
15025 It has these extra commands: | |
15026 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
15027 | |
15028 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
15029 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
15030 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
15031 modified version of TeX input format. | |
15032 | |
15033 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
15034 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
15035 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
15036 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
15037 | |
15038 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
15039 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
15040 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
15041 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
15042 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
15043 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
15044 in the Texinfo file. | |
15045 | |
15046 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
15047 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
15048 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
15049 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
15050 move forward past the closing brace. | |
15051 | |
15052 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
15053 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
15054 | |
15055 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
15056 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
15057 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
15058 | |
15059 Here are the functions: | |
15060 | |
15061 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
15062 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
15063 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
15064 | |
15065 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
15066 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
15067 texinfo-master-menu | |
15068 | |
15069 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
15070 | |
15071 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
15072 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
15073 | |
15074 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
15075 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
15076 in the region. | |
15077 | |
15078 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
15079 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
15080 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
15081 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
15082 | |
15083 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
15084 be the first node in the file. | |
15085 | |
28710 | 15086 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
15087 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 15088 |
15089 ;;;*** | |
15090 | |
15091 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
15092 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
25998 | 15093 ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
25876 | 15094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
15095 | |
15096 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
15097 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
15098 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
15099 | |
15100 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
15101 keybindings, are: | |
15102 | |
15103 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
15104 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
15105 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
15106 | |
15107 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
15108 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
15109 texinfo-master-menu () | |
15110 | |
15111 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
15112 | |
15113 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
15114 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
15115 | |
15116 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
15117 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
15118 | |
15119 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
15120 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
15121 | |
15122 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
15123 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
15124 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
15125 `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
15126 | |
15127 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
15128 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
15129 marked region. | |
15130 | |
15131 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
15132 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
15133 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
15134 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
15135 | |
15136 ;;;*** | |
15137 | |
26899 | 15138 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
28919 | 15139 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
29505 | 15140 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047)) |
25876 | 15141 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
15142 | |
15143 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
15144 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
15145 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15146 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
15147 | |
15148 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
15149 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
15150 | |
15151 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
15152 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
15153 | |
15154 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
15155 | |
26899 | 15156 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
15157 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
15158 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
15159 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
15160 to compose. | |
15161 | |
15162 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 15163 |
15164 ;;;*** | |
15165 | |
27949 | 15166 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
15167 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
31388 | 15168 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125)) |
25876 | 15169 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
15170 | |
15171 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15172 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
15173 | |
15174 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15175 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
15176 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
15177 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
15178 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
15179 | |
15180 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
15181 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
15182 | |
15183 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
15184 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
15185 | |
15186 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15187 Return the THING at point. | |
15188 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
15189 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
15190 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
15191 | |
15192 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
15193 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
15194 | |
27949 | 15195 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
15196 | |
15197 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15198 | |
15199 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15200 | |
15201 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15202 | |
25876 | 15203 ;;;*** |
15204 | |
15205 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 15206 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
29505 | 15207 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region |
15208 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
30565 | 15209 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672 |
15210 ;;;;;; 33974)) | |
25876 | 15211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
15212 | |
26899 | 15213 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 15214 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
15215 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
15216 | |
26899 | 15217 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
15218 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
15219 | |
15220 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15221 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
15222 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 15223 |
15224 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 15225 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 15226 |
15227 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 15228 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
15229 | |
29505 | 15230 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
15231 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
15232 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
15233 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil) | |
15234 | |
15235 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15236 Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
15237 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
15238 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil) | |
26899 | 15239 |
15240 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 15241 |
15242 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15243 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 15244 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 15245 |
15246 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15247 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
15248 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
15249 | |
15250 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15251 | |
15252 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15253 | |
15254 ;;;*** | |
15255 | |
26724 | 15256 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
27321 | 15257 ;;;;;; (14357 30776)) |
26724 | 15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
15259 | |
15260 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
15261 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
15262 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
15263 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
15264 parameters. | |
15265 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
15266 | |
15267 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
15268 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
15269 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
15270 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
15271 parameters. | |
15272 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
15273 | |
15274 ;;;*** | |
15275 | |
25998 | 15276 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date |
30565 | 15277 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14667 40846)) |
25876 | 15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
15279 | |
25998 | 15280 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
15281 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15283 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
15284 | |
15285 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15286 | |
15287 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
15288 | |
25876 | 15289 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
15290 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
15291 | |
15292 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
15293 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15294 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
15295 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
15296 are displayed as well. | |
15297 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
15298 | |
15299 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
15300 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15301 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
15302 | |
15303 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
15304 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
15305 are displayed as well. | |
15306 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
15307 | |
15308 ;;;*** | |
15309 | |
15310 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
28764 | 15311 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147)) |
25876 | 15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
15313 | |
15314 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 15315 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 15316 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
15317 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
15318 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
15319 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
15320 look like one of the following: | |
15321 Time-stamp: <> | |
15322 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
15323 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
15324 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
15325 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
15326 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 15327 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
15328 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
15329 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 15330 |
15331 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
15332 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
15333 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15334 | |
15335 ;;;*** | |
15336 | |
31388 | 15337 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
15338 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
15339 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
15340 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
15341 ;;;;;; (14745 1586)) | |
15342 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el | |
15343 | |
15344 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
15345 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
15346 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be | |
15347 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the | |
15348 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. | |
15349 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is | |
15350 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display | |
15351 \(non-nil means on)." t nil) | |
15352 | |
15353 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
15354 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
15355 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
15356 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
15357 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
15358 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
15359 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
15360 this function is called within a day. | |
15361 | |
15362 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
15363 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
15364 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
15365 discover the name of the project." t nil) | |
15366 | |
15367 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
15368 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
15369 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
15370 begun during the last time segment. | |
15371 | |
15372 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
15373 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
15374 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
15375 discover the reason." t nil) | |
15376 | |
15377 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15378 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil) | |
15379 | |
15380 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
15381 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
15382 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
15383 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
15384 project you were working on." t nil) | |
15385 | |
15386 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
15387 Ask the user before clocking out. | |
15388 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil) | |
15389 | |
15390 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
15391 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
15392 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil) | |
15393 | |
15394 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15395 Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
15396 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
15397 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
15398 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
15399 \"relative to today\"." t nil) | |
15400 | |
15401 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15402 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
15403 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
15404 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil) | |
15405 | |
15406 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15407 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
15408 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
15409 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the | |
15410 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned | |
15411 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned | |
15412 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
15413 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is | |
15414 non-nil." t nil) | |
15415 | |
15416 ;;;*** | |
15417 | |
25876 | 15418 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
15419 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
31388 | 15420 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772)) |
25876 | 15421 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
15422 | |
15423 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
15424 | |
15425 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
15426 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
15427 | |
15428 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
15429 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
15430 | |
15431 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
15432 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
15433 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
15434 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
15435 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
15436 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
15437 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
15438 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
15439 | |
15440 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
15441 | |
15442 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
15443 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
15444 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
15445 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
15446 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
15447 | |
15448 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
15449 | |
15450 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
15451 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
15452 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
15453 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
15454 | |
15455 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
15456 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
30565 | 15457 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
25876 | 15458 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
30565 | 15459 |
15460 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
15461 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
25876 | 15462 |
15463 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
15464 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
15465 | |
15466 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
15467 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
15468 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
15469 The call should look like: | |
15470 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
15471 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
15472 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
15473 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
15474 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
15475 | |
15476 ;;;*** | |
15477 | |
15478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
25998 | 15479 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800)) |
25876 | 15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
15481 | |
15482 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
15483 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
15484 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
15485 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
15486 | |
15487 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
15488 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
15489 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
15490 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
15491 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
15492 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
15493 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
15494 | |
15495 ;;;*** | |
15496 | |
15497 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
29505 | 15498 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14642 26672)) |
25876 | 15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
15500 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
15501 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
15502 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
15503 | |
15504 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
15505 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
15506 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
15507 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
15508 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
15509 | |
15510 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
15511 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
15512 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
15513 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
15514 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
15515 | |
15516 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
15517 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
15518 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
15519 in the menu in two ways: | |
15520 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
15521 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
15522 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
15523 | |
15524 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
15525 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
15526 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
15527 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
15528 | |
15529 ;;;*** | |
15530 | |
30565 | 15531 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities) |
15532 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754)) | |
28919 | 15533 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
15534 | |
30565 | 15535 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
15536 List top priorities for each category. | |
15537 | |
15538 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
15539 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
15540 | |
15541 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
15542 between each category." t nil) | |
15543 | |
15544 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ | |
15545 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'. | |
15546 | |
15547 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
15548 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil) | |
28919 | 15549 |
15550 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ | |
29505 | 15551 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. |
30565 | 15552 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted |
28919 | 15553 between each category. |
15554 | |
30565 | 15555 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil) |
28919 | 15556 |
15557 ;;;*** | |
15558 | |
25998 | 15559 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
30565 | 15560 ;;;;;; (14720 1500)) |
25876 | 15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
15562 | |
15563 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
15564 Mode for tooltip display. | |
15565 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
15566 | |
25998 | 15567 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
15568 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
15569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15570 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
15571 | |
15572 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15573 | |
15574 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
15575 | |
15576 ;;;*** | |
15577 | |
15578 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 | |
15579 ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
25876 | 15580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
15581 | |
15582 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
15583 | |
15584 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
15585 | |
15586 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
15587 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
15588 | |
15589 ;;;*** | |
15590 | |
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
25998 | 15592 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
25876 | 15593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
15594 | |
15595 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
15596 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
15597 | |
15598 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
15599 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
15600 | |
15601 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
15602 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
15603 | |
15604 ;;;*** | |
15605 | |
25998 | 15606 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 15607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
15608 | |
15609 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
15610 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
15611 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
15612 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
15613 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
15614 | |
15615 ;;;*** | |
15616 | |
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
28710 | 15618 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560)) |
25876 | 15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
15620 | |
15621 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
15622 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
15623 | |
15624 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
15625 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
15626 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
15627 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
15628 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
15629 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
15630 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
15631 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
15632 | |
15633 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
15634 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
15635 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
15636 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
15637 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
15638 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
15639 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
15640 | |
15641 ;;;*** | |
15642 | |
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
25998 | 15644 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
25876 | 15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
15646 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
15647 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
15648 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
15649 | |
15650 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
15651 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
15652 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
15653 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
15654 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
15655 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
15656 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
15657 | |
15658 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
15659 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
15660 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
15661 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
15662 | |
15663 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
15664 | |
15665 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
15666 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
15667 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
15668 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
15669 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
15670 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
15671 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
15672 | |
15673 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
15674 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
15675 | |
15676 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
15677 \\___/\\ | |
15678 / \\ | |
15679 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
15680 | |
15681 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
15682 | |
15683 ;;;*** | |
15684 | |
15685 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
15686 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
15687 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
30565 | 15688 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 1568)) |
25876 | 15689 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
15690 | |
15691 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
15692 Toggle typing break mode. | |
15693 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
15694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15695 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
15696 | |
15697 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15698 | |
15699 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
15700 | |
15701 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
15702 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
15703 | |
15704 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
15705 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
15706 | |
15707 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
15708 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
15709 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
15710 | |
15711 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
15712 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
15713 | |
15714 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
15715 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
15716 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
15717 | |
15718 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
15719 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
15720 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
15721 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
15722 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
15723 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
15724 | |
15725 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
15726 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
15727 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
15728 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
15729 | |
15730 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
15731 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
15732 | |
15733 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
15734 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
15735 | |
15736 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
15737 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
15738 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
15739 | |
15740 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
15741 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
15742 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
15743 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
15744 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
15745 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
15746 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
15747 | |
15748 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
15749 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
15750 | |
15751 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
15752 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
15753 reset the keystroke counter. | |
15754 | |
15755 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
15756 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
15757 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
15758 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
15759 | |
15760 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
15761 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
15762 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
15763 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
15764 | |
15765 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
15766 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
15767 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
15768 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
15769 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
15770 or not to continue. | |
15771 | |
15772 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
15773 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
15774 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
15775 approximate good values for this. | |
15776 | |
15777 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
15778 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
15779 | |
15780 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
15781 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
15782 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
15783 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
15784 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
15785 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
15786 | |
15787 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
15788 a typing break occur. They include: | |
15789 | |
15790 `type-break-query-mode' | |
15791 `type-break-query-function' | |
15792 `type-break-query-interval' | |
15793 | |
15794 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
15795 | |
15796 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
15797 Take a typing break. | |
15798 | |
15799 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
15800 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
15801 | |
15802 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
15803 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
15804 | |
15805 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
15806 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
15807 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
15808 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
15809 | |
15810 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
15811 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
15812 | |
15813 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
15814 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
15815 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
15816 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
15817 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
15818 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
15819 average typing speed.) | |
15820 | |
15821 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
15822 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
15823 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
15824 the computed maximum threshold. | |
15825 | |
15826 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
15827 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
15828 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
15829 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
15830 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
15831 | |
15832 ;;;*** | |
15833 | |
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 15835 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
15837 | |
15838 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
15839 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
15840 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
15841 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
15842 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
15843 | |
15844 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
15845 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
15846 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
15847 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
15848 | |
15849 ;;;*** | |
15850 | |
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
27545 | 15852 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
25876 | 15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
15854 | |
15855 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
15856 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
15857 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
15858 | |
15859 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
15860 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
15861 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
15862 following the containing message." t nil) | |
15863 | |
15864 ;;;*** | |
15865 | |
15866 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 15867 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
15869 | |
15870 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
15871 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
15872 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
15873 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
15874 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
15875 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
15876 | |
15877 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
15878 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
15879 | |
15880 ;;;*** | |
15881 | |
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
27321 | 15883 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297)) |
25876 | 15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
15885 | |
15886 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
15887 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
15888 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 15889 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 15890 to refrain from editing the file |
15891 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
15892 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
15893 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
15894 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
15895 | |
15896 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
15897 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
15898 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
15899 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
15900 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
15901 | |
15902 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
15903 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
15904 | |
15905 ;;;*** | |
15906 | |
15907 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
15908 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
31388 | 15909 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-dired-resynch-file vc-resolve-conflicts |
15910 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff | |
15911 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook | |
15912 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14771 65325)) | |
25876 | 15913 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
15914 | |
15915 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
15916 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
15917 See `run-hooks'.") | |
15918 | |
15919 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
31388 | 15920 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. |
25876 | 15921 See `run-hooks'.") |
15922 | |
15923 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 15924 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body. |
15925 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | |
15926 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
15927 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
25876 | 15928 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) |
15929 | |
15930 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 15931 Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
15932 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
25876 | 15933 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
15934 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
15935 | |
15936 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
15937 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
31388 | 15938 |
15939 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
25876 | 15940 it will operate on the file in the current line. |
31388 | 15941 |
15942 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
25876 | 15943 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
15944 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
15945 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
15946 lock steals will raise an error. | |
31388 | 15947 |
15948 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
25876 | 15949 |
15950 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
15951 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
15952 control. | |
15953 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
15954 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
15955 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
15956 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
15957 it performs a revert. | |
15958 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
15959 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
15960 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
15961 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
15962 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
15963 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
15964 the option to steal the lock. | |
15965 | |
15966 For CVS files: | |
15967 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
15968 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
15969 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
15970 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
15971 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
15972 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
15973 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
15974 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
15975 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
15976 | |
15977 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 15978 Register the current file into a version-control system. |
15979 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
15980 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. | |
15981 | |
15982 The version-control system to use is found by cycling through the list | |
15983 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares | |
15984 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
15985 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
15986 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
15987 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil) | |
25876 | 15988 |
15989 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
15990 Display diffs between file versions. | |
31388 | 15991 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent |
25876 | 15992 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. |
15993 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
15994 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
15995 | |
15996 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
15997 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
15998 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
15999 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
16000 | |
16001 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
16002 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
16003 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
31388 | 16004 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil) |
16005 | |
16006 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
16007 Merge changes between two revisions into the work file. | |
16008 With prefix arg, merge news, i.e. recent changes from the current branch. | |
16009 | |
16010 See Info node `Merging'." t nil) | |
25876 | 16011 |
16012 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
16013 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
16014 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
16015 | |
31388 | 16016 (autoload (quote vc-dired-resynch-file) "vc" "\ |
16017 Update the entries for FILE in any VC Dired buffers that list it." nil nil) | |
16018 | |
16019 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ | |
16020 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
16021 | |
16022 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
16023 | |
16024 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
16025 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil) | |
25876 | 16026 |
16027 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16028 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
16029 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version | |
16030 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
16031 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
16032 are checked out in that new branch." t nil) | |
25876 | 16033 |
16034 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16035 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME, |
16036 or latest versions if NAME is empty. If locking is used for the files | |
16037 in DIR, then there must not be any locked files at or below DIR (but | |
16038 if NAME is empty, locked files are allowed and simply skipped)." t nil) | |
25876 | 16039 |
16040 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
16041 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
16042 | |
16043 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
16044 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
16045 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
31388 | 16046 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not |
16047 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; | |
16048 use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil) | |
25876 | 16049 |
16050 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
16051 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
16052 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) | |
16053 | |
16054 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
16055 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
16056 | |
16057 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16058 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
25876 | 16059 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
31388 | 16060 directory. |
25876 | 16061 |
16062 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
16063 | |
16064 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
16065 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
16066 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
16067 | |
31388 | 16068 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames for which |
16069 log entries should be gathered." t nil) | |
25876 | 16070 |
16071 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16072 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors. |
16073 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines | |
16074 are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a | |
16075 factor for stretching the time scale. | |
25876 | 16076 |
16077 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
16078 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
16079 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
16080 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
16081 | |
16082 ;;;*** | |
16083 | |
31388 | 16084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14771 64628)) |
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el | |
16086 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
16087 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
16088 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
16089 (require 'vc-cvs) | |
16090 (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
16091 | |
16092 ;;;*** | |
16093 | |
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
16095 ;;;;;; (14771 64607)) | |
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el | |
16097 | |
16098 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
16099 *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
16100 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
16101 | |
16102 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f)) | |
16103 | |
16104 ;;;*** | |
16105 | |
16106 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
16107 ;;;;;; (14771 64647)) | |
16108 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el | |
16109 | |
16110 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
16111 *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
16112 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
16113 | |
16114 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f)) | |
16115 | |
16116 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
16117 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
16118 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
16119 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
16120 | |
16121 ;;;*** | |
16122 | |
25876 | 16123 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
27321 | 16124 ;;;;;; (14385 10956)) |
25876 | 16125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
16126 | |
16127 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
16128 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
16129 | |
16130 Usage: | |
16131 ------ | |
16132 | |
16133 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
16134 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
16135 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
16136 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
16137 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
16138 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
16139 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
16140 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
16141 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
16142 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
16143 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
16144 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
16145 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
16146 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
16147 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
16148 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
16149 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
16150 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
16151 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
16152 | |
16153 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
16154 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
16155 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
16156 | |
16157 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
16158 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
16159 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
16160 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
16161 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
16162 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
16163 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
16164 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
16165 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
16166 | |
16167 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
16168 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
16169 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
16170 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
16171 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
16172 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
16173 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
16174 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
16175 | |
16176 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
16177 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
16178 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
16179 | |
16180 - COMMENTS: | |
16181 `--' puts a single comment. | |
16182 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
16183 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
16184 comment in between. | |
16185 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
16186 following lines. | |
16187 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
16188 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
16189 | |
16190 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
16191 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
16192 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
16193 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
16194 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
16195 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
16196 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
16197 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
16198 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
16199 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
16200 multi-line comments. | |
16201 | |
16202 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
16203 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
16204 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
16205 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
16206 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
16207 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
16208 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
16209 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
16210 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
16211 | |
16212 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
16213 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
16214 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
16215 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
16216 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
16217 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
16218 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
16219 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
16220 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
16221 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
16222 | |
16223 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
16224 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
16225 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
16226 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
16227 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
16228 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
16229 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
16230 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
16231 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
16232 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
16233 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
16234 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
16235 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
16236 | |
16237 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
16238 | |
16239 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
16240 menu). | |
16241 | |
16242 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
16243 | |
16244 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
16245 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
16246 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
16247 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
16248 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
16249 | |
16250 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
16251 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
16252 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
16253 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
16254 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
16255 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
16256 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
16257 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
16258 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
16259 | |
16260 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
16261 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
16262 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
16263 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
16264 specified. | |
16265 | |
16266 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
16267 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
16268 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
16269 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
16270 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
16271 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
16272 | |
16273 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
16274 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
16275 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
16276 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
16277 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
16278 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
16279 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
16280 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
16281 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
16282 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
16283 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
16284 | |
16285 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
16286 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
16287 Math Packages. | |
16288 | |
16289 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
16290 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
16291 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
16292 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
16293 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
16294 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
16295 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
16296 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
16297 | |
16298 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
16299 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
16300 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
16301 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
16302 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
16303 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
16304 | |
16305 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
16306 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
16307 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
16308 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
16309 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
16310 | |
16311 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
16312 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
16313 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
16314 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
16315 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
16316 | |
16317 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
16318 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
16319 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
16320 | |
16321 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
16322 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
16323 is non-nil. | |
16324 | |
16325 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
16326 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
16327 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
16328 | |
16329 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
16330 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
16331 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
16332 | |
16333 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
16334 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
16335 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
16336 | |
16337 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
16338 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
16339 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
16340 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
16341 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
16342 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
16343 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
16344 | |
16345 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
16346 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
16347 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
16348 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
16349 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
16350 | |
16351 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
16352 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
16353 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
16354 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
16355 | |
16356 - HINTS: | |
16357 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
16358 | |
16359 | |
16360 Maintenance: | |
16361 ------------ | |
16362 | |
16363 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
16364 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
16365 | |
16366 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
16367 | |
16368 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
16369 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
16370 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
16371 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
16372 | |
16373 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
16374 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
16375 version and release notes can be found. | |
16376 | |
16377 | |
16378 Bugs and Limitations: | |
16379 --------------------- | |
16380 | |
16381 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
16382 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
16383 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
16384 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
16385 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
16386 does not work under XEmacs. | |
16387 | |
16388 | |
16389 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
16390 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
16391 | |
16392 Key bindings: | |
16393 ------------- | |
16394 | |
16395 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
16396 | |
16397 ;;;*** | |
16398 | |
25998 | 16399 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 16400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
16401 | |
16402 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
16403 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
16404 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
16405 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
16406 | |
16407 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
16408 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
16409 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
16410 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
16411 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
16412 | |
16413 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
16414 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
16415 | |
16416 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
16417 | |
16418 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
16419 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
16420 not supported. | |
16421 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
16422 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
16423 | |
16424 * Modifications | |
16425 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
16426 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
16427 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
16428 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
16429 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
16430 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
16431 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
16432 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
16433 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
16434 | |
16435 * Extensions | |
16436 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
16437 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
16438 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
16439 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
16440 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
16441 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
16442 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
16443 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
16444 | |
16445 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
16446 | |
16447 ;;;*** | |
16448 | |
16449 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
16450 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
28919 | 16451 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
16452 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992)) | |
25876 | 16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
16454 | |
16455 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
16456 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
16457 | |
16458 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
16459 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
16460 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
16461 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
16462 | |
16463 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
16464 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
16465 | |
16466 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
16467 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
16468 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
16469 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
16470 | |
16471 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
16472 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
16473 | |
16474 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16475 | |
16476 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16477 | |
16478 ;;;*** | |
16479 | |
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
16481 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
28212 | 16482 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550 |
16483 ;;;;;; 6934)) | |
25876 | 16484 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
16485 | |
16486 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
16487 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
16488 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
16489 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
16490 | |
16491 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
16492 | |
16493 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
16494 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
16495 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16496 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16497 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16498 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16499 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16500 | |
16501 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16502 | |
16503 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
16504 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
16505 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
16506 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16507 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16508 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16509 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16510 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16511 | |
16512 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16513 | |
16514 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
16515 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
16516 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
16517 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16518 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16519 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16520 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16521 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16522 | |
16523 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16524 | |
16525 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
16526 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
16527 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16528 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16529 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16530 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16531 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16532 | |
16533 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
16534 | |
16535 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
16536 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
16537 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
16538 | |
16539 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
16540 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
16541 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
16542 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16543 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16544 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16545 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16546 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16547 | |
16548 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
16549 | |
16550 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
16551 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
16552 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
16553 | |
16554 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
16555 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
16556 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
16557 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16558 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16559 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16560 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16561 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16562 | |
16563 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
16564 | |
16565 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
16566 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
16567 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
16568 | |
16569 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
16570 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 16571 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 16572 |
16573 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
16574 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
16575 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
16576 read-only. | |
16577 \\<view-mode-map> | |
16578 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
16579 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
16580 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
16581 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
16582 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
16583 | |
16584 H, h, ? This message. | |
16585 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
16586 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
16587 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
16588 > move to the end of buffer. | |
16589 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 16590 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
16591 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
16592 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
16593 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
16594 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
16595 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
16596 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
16597 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
16598 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
16599 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
16600 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
16601 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 16602 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
16603 Use this to view a changing file. | |
16604 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
16605 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
16606 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
16607 . set the mark. | |
16608 x exchanges point and mark. | |
16609 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
16610 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
16611 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
16612 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
16613 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
16614 s do forward incremental search. | |
16615 r do reverse incremental search. | |
16616 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
16617 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
16618 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
16619 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
16620 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
16621 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
16622 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
16623 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
16624 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
16625 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
16626 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
16627 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
16628 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
16629 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
16630 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
16631 | |
16632 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 16633 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
16634 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
16635 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
16636 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
16637 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
16638 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 16639 |
16640 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16641 | |
16642 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
16643 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
16644 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
16645 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
16646 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
16647 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
16648 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
16649 | |
16650 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
16651 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
16652 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
16653 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
16654 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
16655 1) nil Do nothing. | |
16656 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
16657 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
16658 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 16659 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 16660 |
16661 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16662 | |
16663 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
16664 | |
16665 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
16666 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
16667 | |
16668 ;;;*** | |
16669 | |
25998 | 16670 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
16672 | |
16673 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
16674 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
16675 | |
16676 ;;;*** | |
16677 | |
16678 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
29505 | 16679 ;;;;;; (14651 36650)) |
25876 | 16680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
16681 | |
16682 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
16683 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 16684 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 16685 |
16686 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
16687 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
16688 | |
16689 ;;;*** | |
16690 | |
28212 | 16691 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el | |
25876 | 16693 |
16694 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
16695 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
16696 | |
16697 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
16698 hotlist. | |
16699 | |
16700 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
16701 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
16702 | |
16703 ;;;*** | |
16704 | |
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
25998 | 16706 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928)) |
25876 | 16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
16708 | |
16709 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
16710 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
16711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16712 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
16713 | |
16714 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16715 | |
16716 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
16717 | |
16718 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
16719 | |
16720 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
16721 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
16722 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
16723 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
16724 | |
16725 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
16726 and off otherwise." t nil) | |
16727 | |
16728 ;;;*** | |
16729 | |
25998 | 16730 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region |
16731 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" | |
29505 | 16732 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079)) |
25998 | 16733 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
16734 | |
16735 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
16736 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer: | |
16737 | |
16738 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
16739 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
16740 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
16741 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
16742 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
16743 | |
16744 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
16745 and: | |
16746 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
16747 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
16748 | |
16749 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
16750 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil) | |
16751 | |
16752 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
16753 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
16754 | |
16755 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
16756 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
16757 | |
16758 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
16759 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil) | |
16760 | |
16761 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
16762 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
16763 | |
16764 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
16765 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
16766 | |
16767 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
16768 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
16769 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
16770 replaced with TABS). | |
16771 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
16772 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
16773 | |
16774 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
16775 | |
26724 | 16776 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
16777 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 16778 |
16779 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
16780 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
16781 l - Leading whitespace. | |
16782 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
16783 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
16784 | |
16785 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 16786 !<y>. |
25998 | 16787 |
16788 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
16789 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
16790 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost | |
16791 always they default to 8.) | |
16792 | |
16793 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to | |
16794 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or | |
16795 even print it. | |
16796 | |
16797 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
16798 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
16799 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these | |
16800 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
16801 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
16802 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between | |
16803 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
16804 to set smarttab.) | |
16805 | |
16806 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
16807 merge problems. | |
16808 | |
16809 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
16810 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any | |
16811 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil) | |
16812 | |
16813 ;;;*** | |
16814 | |
25876 | 16815 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
25998 | 16816 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813)) |
25876 | 16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
16818 | |
16819 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
16820 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
16821 | |
16822 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
16823 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
16824 | |
16825 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
16826 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
16827 | |
16828 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
16829 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
16830 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
16831 | |
16832 ;;;*** | |
16833 | |
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
31388 | 16835 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14771 32908)) |
25876 | 16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
16837 | |
16838 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
16839 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
16840 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
16841 | |
16842 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
29505 | 16843 Create widget of TYPE. |
25876 | 16844 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
16845 | |
16846 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
16847 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
16848 | |
16849 ;;;*** | |
16850 | |
27545 | 16851 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
31388 | 16852 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747 |
16853 ;;;;;; 44775)) | |
27545 | 16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
16855 | |
16856 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
16857 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
16858 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
16859 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
16860 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
16861 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
16862 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
16863 | |
16864 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
16865 Select the window above the current one. | |
16866 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
16867 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
16868 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
16869 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
16870 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
16871 | |
16872 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
16873 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
16874 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
16875 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
16876 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
16877 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
16878 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
16879 | |
16880 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
16881 Select the window below the current one. | |
16882 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
16883 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
16884 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
16885 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
16886 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
16887 | |
16888 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
16889 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
16890 | |
16891 ;;;*** | |
16892 | |
28077 | 16893 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
16894 ;;;;;; (14535 44846)) | |
16895 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el | |
16896 | |
16897 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
16898 Toggle winner-mode. | |
16899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16900 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
16901 | |
16902 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16903 | |
16904 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
16905 | |
16906 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
16907 Toggle Winner mode. | |
16908 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
16909 | |
16910 ;;;*** | |
16911 | |
28919 | 16912 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
30565 | 16913 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14689 44350)) |
28919 | 16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
16915 | |
16916 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
29505 | 16917 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
28919 | 16918 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
16919 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
16920 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
16921 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
16922 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
16923 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
16924 | |
29505 | 16925 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
16926 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil) | |
28919 | 16927 |
16928 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
16929 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
16930 | |
16931 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
16932 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
16933 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
16934 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
29505 | 16935 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
28919 | 16936 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
16937 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
16938 `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
16939 | |
16940 ;;;*** | |
16941 | |
25876 | 16942 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
25998 | 16943 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
16945 | |
16946 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
16947 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
16948 | |
16949 BUGS: | |
16950 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
16951 are not implemented | |
16952 - Options for search and replace | |
16953 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
16954 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
16955 | |
16956 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
16957 Emacs-like. | |
16958 | |
16959 The key bindings are: | |
16960 | |
16961 C-a backward-word | |
16962 C-b fill-paragraph | |
16963 C-c scroll-up-line | |
16964 C-d forward-char | |
16965 C-e previous-line | |
16966 C-f forward-word | |
16967 C-g delete-char | |
16968 C-h backward-char | |
16969 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
16970 C-j help-for-help | |
16971 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
16972 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
16973 C-n open-line | |
16974 C-p quoted-insert | |
16975 C-r scroll-down-line | |
16976 C-s backward-char | |
16977 C-t kill-word | |
16978 C-u keyboard-quit | |
16979 C-v overwrite-mode | |
16980 C-w scroll-down | |
16981 C-x next-line | |
16982 C-y kill-complete-line | |
16983 C-z scroll-up | |
16984 | |
16985 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
16986 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
16987 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
16988 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
16989 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
16990 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
16991 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
16992 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
16993 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
16994 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
16995 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
16996 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
16997 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
16998 C-k f find-file | |
16999 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
17000 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
17001 C-k k ws-end-block | |
17002 C-k p ws-print-block | |
17003 C-k q kill-emacs | |
17004 C-k r insert-file | |
17005 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
17006 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
17007 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
17008 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
17009 C-k v ws-move-block | |
17010 C-k w ws-write-block | |
17011 C-k x kill-emacs | |
17012 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
17013 | |
17014 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
17015 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
17016 C-o j justify-current-line | |
17017 C-o k kill-buffer | |
17018 C-o l list-buffers | |
17019 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
17020 C-o r set-fill-column | |
17021 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
17022 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
17023 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
17024 C-o wo other-window | |
17025 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
17026 | |
17027 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
17028 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
17029 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
17030 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
17031 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
17032 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
17033 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
17034 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
17035 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
17036 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
17037 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
17038 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
17039 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
17040 C-q d end-of-line | |
17041 C-q f ws-search | |
17042 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
17043 C-q l ws-undo | |
17044 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
17045 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
17046 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
17047 C-q w ws-last-error | |
17048 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
17049 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
17050 " t nil) | |
17051 | |
17052 ;;;*** | |
17053 | |
27949 | 17054 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516 |
17055 ;;;;;; 149)) | |
25876 | 17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
17057 | |
17058 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
17059 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
17060 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
17061 | |
17062 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
17063 | |
17064 ;;;*** | |
17065 | |
17066 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25998 | 17067 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571)) |
25876 | 17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
17069 | |
17070 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
17071 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
17072 | |
17073 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
17074 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
17075 | |
17076 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
17077 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
17078 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
17079 | |
17080 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
17081 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
17082 | |
17083 ;;;*** | |
17084 | |
31388 | 17085 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14734 30510)) |
30565 | 17086 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
17087 | |
17088 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
17089 Zone out, completely." t nil) | |
17090 | |
17091 ;;;*** | |
17092 | |
25876 | 17093 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
28212 | 17094 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el | |
25876 | 17096 |
17097 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
17098 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
17099 | |
25998 | 17100 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
17101 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
17102 | |
17103 Zone-mode does two things: | |
17104 | |
17105 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
17106 when saving the file | |
17107 | |
17108 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 17109 |
17110 ;;;*** | |
17111 | |
17112 ;;; Local Variables: | |
17113 ;;; version-control: never | |
17114 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
17115 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
17116 ;;; End: | |
17117 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |